Home

Palm v1.08 User Guide

image

Contents

1. Select the entry or category you want to send Press Menu Section 6A Managing Files and Applications 253 6 Select Send from the leftmost menu 7 Select Bluetooth and then select OK 8 Select the receiving device s on the Discovery Results screen and then select OK Sending an Application Over a Bluetooth Wireless Connection 1 Press Applications G and select Bluetooth O Select Bluetooth On Press Applications lt Press Menu Select Send from the App menu Select the Send From pick list and select whether the application you want to send is located on your device or on an expansion card 7 Select the application you want to transfer You cannot send an item that has a lock next to it 8 Select Send 9 Select Bluetooth and then select OK 10 Select the receiving device s on the Discovery Results screen and then select OK ARUN Receiving Information Over a Bluetooth Wireless Connection 1 Press Applications and select Bluetooth O 2 Select Bluetooth On 3 Select the Visibility pick list and select one of the following Visible Enables Bluetooth devices that are not on your Trusted Device list to request a connection with your device Your device remains accessible to other devices until you turn this option off Temporary Enables Bluetooth devices that are not on your Trusted Device list to request a connection with your device during the
2. Welcome los ee Section 6A Managing Files and Applications 4 Select the pick list below the HotSync icon and select IR to a PC Handheld 5 Position the IR port of your device within a few centimeters of the IR port of your computer 6 Select the HotSync icon on your device When synchronization is complete a message appears at the top of your device screen Be patient synchronization may take a few minutes Ona Mac 1 Double click the HotSync manager icon in the Palm folder From the HotSync Controls tab select Enabled Click the Connection Settings tab and then check the On box next to IR port Close the HotSync Software Setup screen On your device press Applications and select HotSync Select Local Select the pick list below the HotSync icon and select IR to a PC Handheld Position the IR port of your device within a few centimeters of the IR port of your computer 9 Select the HotSync G9 icon on your device SPNOA A WD When synchronization is complete a message appears at the top of your device screen Be patient synchronization may take a few minutes If you use Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync your email contacts and calendar information synchronize directly with your company s Exchange server This information synchronizes wirelessly with the server it is not updated when you synchronize directly with your computer See Getting Messages From Y
3. Goes to the next Web page Refreshes the page with the latest content from the Internet Opens a list where you can select Fast Mode no images or style sheets or Normal Mode with images and style sheets Opens a dialog box where you can enter a Web address you want to go to or view a list of recently viewed Web pages Goes to your home page HDO xV E Displays a list of your bookmarks and saved pages Section 3D Browsing the Web 157 The navigation bar shows status information while a page is loading You don t have to wait for a page to fully load to navigate within the page or to select a link to another page However if you select a link while a page is loading and you receive a message saying that JavaScript is not ready wait for the page to finish loading and then select the link again Working With Web Pages Downloading Files From a Web Page The Web browser lets you download files that are recognized by one of the applications on your device When you download a file you can open it in the application that recognizes the file For example if you download a picture you can view it later in the Pics amp Videos application If a file is not recognized by any of the applications on your device you can download the file to an expansion card but you cannot open it on your device You can download files such as new applications and choose to play or save music and video files in many popular
4. Touchscreen Communication Bluetooth You can change how quickly Keyguard turns on or you can disable the feature altogether To change the Keyguard settings do the following Keyguard Press Center button to unlock 1 Press Applications and select Prefs 4 amp 5 8 27 pm Thu 12 18 2 Select Keyguard 3 Select the Auto Keyguard pick list and then do one of the following Select how quickly you want Keyguard to turn on When power is turned off 5 seconds after power off or 30 seconds after power off Select Disabled to completely disable the Keyguard feature until you turn it on again Handsfree 4 Select Done If you disabled Keyguard you can turn Keyguard on manually by pressing Option Power End when the screen is on If you use this method Keyguard stays on only until you press Center to turn it off it does not come back on To permanently reenable Keyguard follow the preceding procedure and select one of the options from the Auto Keyguard list Locking Your Screen You can set your device to automatically lock the screen s touch sensitive features in certain situations 1 Press Applications 4 and select Prefs b 2 Select Keyguard Section 6B Customizing Your Device 283 3 Check one or both of the following boxes Incoming calls received Disables the screen when the phone rings You must use the 5 way to select the onscreen Answer and
5. lop vA ui Lopez Petra 408 555 3508 831 555 0887 H 831 555 6492M Characters You Enter Appear Here Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features 2 Select the Contacts favorite button 3 Using the keyboard start entering one of the following for the contact you want to call First name JOH for John Last name SMI for Smith First initial and last name JSM for John Smith For example entering SM might display Smilla Anderson John Smith and Sally Martin Entering JSM finds only John Smith 4 Select the number you want to call and press Talk 1 to dial To see more information for a contact highlight the name and press Center on the 5 way To restart your search press Backspace to delete letters you ve entered or select Cancel to return to Main view Dialing With a Speed Dial Favorite Button You can create your own speed dial favorites See Creating a Sprint o0 il Speed Dial Favorite Button on page 79 1 Press Phone X 2 Press Down w to access your favorite buttons 3 Use the 5 way to highlight the desired speed dial favorite button Speed dial favorite buttons are indicated by the icon 4 Press Center _ or tap the speed dial favorite button to dial the number associated with the selected button Tap the numbers on the bottom of the screen to go to more pages of favorite buttons You can also press Right or Down on the 5 way to
6. Time sets the time format Select HH MM to display a 24 hour clock Date sets the date format Week starts sets the first day of the week usually Sunday or Monday Numbers sets the format for numbers with decimal points and commas 4 Select Done Aligning the Screen Occasionally your device screen may need to be readjusted If this occurs you may see the wrong feature being activated when you tap Tap the target the screen To fix the problem you can realign the screen any time hn Vor cone toes ts For best results use the stylus to align the screen touchscreen 1 Press Applications lt and select Prefs b 2 Select Touchscreen Section 6B Customizing Your Device 275 3 Follow the onscreen instructions to tap the screen where indicated 4 Select Done Changing the System Color Scheme olor Theme Select a Color Theme 1 Press Applications G and select Prefs 4b Select Color Theme 2 3 Select a color scheme from the list 4 Select Done You can also set the wallpaper for the Main view in the Phone application see Customizing the Main View in the Phone Application on page 86 and the background for Agenda view in Calendar see Customizing Display Options for Your Calendar on page 227 Changing the Applications Settings You can change the Applications settings on your device so that you can easily access the appl
7. a Select the application you want to transfer and then select Beam 6 When the Beam Status dialog box appears point the IR port on your Centro device directly at the IR port of the receiving device 7 Wait for the Beam Status dialog box to indicate that the transfer is complete before you continue using your Centro device Please note that there may be restrictions that prevent you from transferring copies of an application to a third party It is your responsibility to ensure that you have obtained the legal right to provide a copy to the third party and to honor any restrictions imposed by the software licensors Receiving Beamed Information 1 Turn on your screen 2 Select the beam command on the transmitting device Section 6A Managing Files and Applications 257 4 5 Point the IR port on your Centro device directly at the IR port of the transmitting device to open the Beam Status dialog box When the Beam Status dialog box appears select a category or expansion card If you don t select a category the item goes into the Unfiled category Select Yes to receive the information or No to refuse it Synchronizing Information Advanced Changing Which Applications Sync By default information from Calendar Contacts Memos Pics amp Videos and Tasks is updated each time you sync your device with Palm Desktop software or Microsoft Outlook You can change which applications sync For example if
8. Colored background When a phone number text an email address or a Web link is highlighted the item appears as white text against a colored background After highlighting an item you can select or activate it by pressing Center C or by tapping the item with the stylus Highlighting Text You can use the stylus to highlight text on the screen e Tap and drag the stylus across the text you want to highlight e To highlight a word double tap it e To highlight a paragraph triple tap it Accessing Command Buttons In most applications command buttons such as New OK and Details appear at the bottom of the screen In many cases you can jump directly to these buttons instead of scrolling to them The 5 way controls vary according to the application but here are some general rules that apply to most applications e From a list screen such as the Contacts list or Memos list press Right gt or Down to jump to the first button e From a screen where you create or edit entries such as Edit Contacts press Center C to jump to the first button From a dialog box such as Edit Categories press Up A Down Y Right or Left 4 to scroll to the buttons 48 Section 2A Moving Around on Your Smart Device Selecting Menu Items Many applications have menus to provide access to additional features These menus are usually hidden from view but they appear when you press Menu To get the most out of your device it s a
9. Optional Select Yes to download messages for this account now Account Created Email setup is complete Would you like to get mail for this account now Section 3B Using Email Setting Up VersaMail to Work With Other Providers 1 Press Applications and select Email 4 to open the VersaMail application The first time you set up the VersaMail application you are asked if you want to continue with account setup after you open the application Select Continue and go to step 3 2 Press Menu select Accounts select Account Setup and Account Setup g then select New Enter Your Email Address and Password In the Email Address field enter your email address Email Address jsuser example com In the Password field enter your email account password Password Select Next Select the Mail Type pick list and then select POP IMAP or Outlook Mail EAS based on the information you got from your C209 system administrator or ISP a aR amp 7 Enter the username you use to access your email Your username can be either the part of your email address appearing before the symbol or your entire email address Check with your email provider if you are not sure what username to enter 8 Enter the names of your incoming and outgoing mail servers Account Setup cont 9 Select Done to finish setup and go to the inbox of the account Mail Type POP yo
10. Use the same device name for all your Bluetooth connections If you change the device name you need to re create any partnerships you have already created 4 Select the Visibility pick list and select one of the following Visible enables Bluetooth devices that are not on your Trusted Device list to request a connection with your device Your device remains accessible to other devices until you turn this option off Temporary enables Bluetooth devices that are not on your Trusted Device list to request a connection with your device during the next two minutes Your device reverts to the Hidden setting and becomes inaccessible to other devices after two minutes For your Centro device to be visible to other Bluetooth devices the Bluetooth setting must be set to On and visibility must be set to Visible or Temporary Your Centro device screen does not need to be turned on If you are requesting a connection with another device or if you are accepting a request from a trusted device your Centro device can be set to any of the Visibility options Hidden allows only devices with which you have previously formed a partnership to request a connection with your Centro device New devices cannot request a connection Requesting a Connection With Another Bluetooth Device 1 Press Applications and select Bluetooth O 2 If you have not already done so enter the basic Bluetooth settings as described in
11. The HotSync Log can tell you when and why synchronization stopped Right click the HotSync manager icon in the taskbar in the lower right corner of your computer screen and then select View Log Synchronization Finishes But Information Does Not Appear Where It Should 1 Make sure you re synchronizing with the intended desktop personal information manager PIM The Palm Software Installation CD enables you to choose whether to synchronize with Palm Desktop software or Microsoft Outlook for Windows Reinsert the installation CD and select Change your sync method if necessary If you use a different PIM you need to install third party software to synchronize For more information consult the company that makes the PIM 2 If multiple Palm OS devices are synchronizing with your computer make sure Palm Desktop software is displaying your information and not another user s Make sure the correct device name is selected in the User list on the toolbar of Palm Desktop software 3 Open HotSync manager on your computer and make sure the necessary conduits are set to Synchronize the files 306 Section 7A Help 4 Windows only Uninstall Palm Desktop software Click Start select Settings select Control Panel select Add or Remove Programs select Palm Desktop by ACCESS and then click Change Remove Palm Desktop software for Mac computers does not provide an automated uninstall option For information on uninstalling Palm Desktop
12. 196 1 Close any applications that are currently running on your computer including those that are minimized Your computer must have all its resources available to install the software Insert the Palm Software Installation CD into the CD drive on your computer Section 4B Listening to Music 3 Double click the Sprint Music Manager installation option to launch the Sprint Music Manager Installation Wizard When the installation wizard opens follow the onscreen instructions 4 Click Finish to complete the process and reboot your computer Rebooting your computer completes the installation of the application and phone drivers Accessing the Quick Start Guide When you first open the Sprint Music Manager application on your computer an onscreen Quick Start Guide provides tutorials for the main features EJ Welcome to the Sprint music manager waa m Show Me How to Connect My Phone to My Computer Show Me How to Download Music from Sprint Music Store m gt Show Me How to Use Sprint Music Manager 3 Do not ask me again Click a topic to view a tutorial of that subject To display the Quick Start Guide at any time go to the Help menu in the Music Manager application and then select Quick Start Guide Section 4B Listening to Music 197 Downloading and Purchasing Music From the Sprint Music Store Use the Sprint Music Manager desktop application to access the Sprint Music Store and do
13. 4 Enter the text that you want to appear on the Owner Preferences screen 5 Select Done 288 Section 6B Customizing Your Device Using Connection Settings Connecting to a Virtual Private Network If you want to use your Centro device to access your corporate email account or other files on your corporate server you may need to set up a virtual private network VPN on your device A VPN enables you to log in to your corporate server through the company s firewall Security layer You need a VPN on your device if your device and your company s server are located on opposite sides of the firewall Check with your company s system administrator to see if a VPN is required for accessing the corporate server If a VPN is necessary you must purchase and install a third party VPN client on your device to use this feature For information about third party VPN client software visit palm com us support centro centro_sprint Install your third party VPN client See Installing Applications on page 248 for details Press Applications and select Prefs 4 amp 8 Select VPN Enter the settings provided by your corporate system administrator AR ODN Section 6B Customizing Your Device 289 Purchasing Accessories for Your Device These and other accessories are available from your local Sprint Store or at palm com us support centro centro_sprint For more information you can also d
14. 20 C to 45 C Do not disassemble or open crush bend or deform puncture or shred Do not modify or remanufacture attempt to insert foreign objects into the battery immerse or expose to water or other liquids expose to fire explosion or other hazard e Only use the battery for the system for which it is specified Only use the battery with a charging system that has been qualified with the system per this standard Use of an unqualified battery or charger may present a risk of fire explosion leakage or other hazard Do not short circuit a battery or allow metallic conductive objects to contact battery terminals Replace the battery only with another battery that has been qualified with the system per this standard IEEE Std 1725 200x Use of an unqualified battery may present a risk of fire explosion leakage or other hazard e Promptly dispose of used batteries in accordance with local regulations Battery usage by children should be supervised Section 8A Important Safety Information 343 e Avoid dropping the phone or battery If the phone or battery is dropped especially on a hard surface and the user suspects damage take it to a service center for inspection e Improper battery use may result in a fire explosion or other hazard Disposal of Lithium ion Li lon Batteries Do not handle a damaged or leaking li ion battery as you can be burned For safe disposal options of your li ion batteries contact you
15. Homi Blues Slow Chirp 5 Select Done Done classic __ You can assign a ringtone to an entire category of contacts For example use a special ringtone for categories such as Family Work or Golf Buddies Select the category pick list in the upper right corner select Edit Categories and then select the category Select the ringtone on the Edit Category screen Assigning a Caller ID Picture 1 Press Phone X 2 Select the Contacts favorite button ae es 3 Open the contact entry to which you want to assign a caller ID picture and then select Edit Ringtone w Default Company 4 Select the Picture box and do one of the following wee eae Select Camera to take a picture and add it to this contact heme entry when you save the picture Done Gerais OOH S Select Photos and select an existing picture that you want to assign to this contact 5 Select Done Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features 91 Setting Your Dialing Preferences Dialing preferences let you add a prefix to your phone numbers For example you can automatically dial a 1 before all 10 digit phone numbers you enter from Contacts You can also add a different prefix based on the length of the phone number 1 2 3 4 Set any one or more of the following options to 7 digit numbers Press Phone X Dial Preferences Li amp Dialing from North America Press Menu r Always dial 1 i
16. When Caps Lock is on an underlined up arrow appears in the lower right corner of the screen Entering Numbers Punctuation and Symbols Numbers punctuation and symbols appear above the letters on the keys To enter these characters do one of the following amp A 1 Symbol 2 Letter e Press Option and then press the key with the desired character shown above the letter You don t need to press and hold Option while pressing the second key When Option is active the symbol appears in the lower right corner of the screen e To turn Option Lock on press Option O twice To turn it off press Option O once When Option Lock is on the symbol appears in the lower right corner of the screen Some application views automatically default to Option Lock such as the Dial Pad view of the Phone application or the Calculator In this case you do not need to press Option to enter numbers Section 2A Moving Around on Your Smart Device 53 Entering Other Symbols and Accented Characters Symbols and accented characters that do not appear on the keyboard are sometimes called alternate characters because you use the Alt key to enter them 1 Enter the character that corresponds to the symbol or accented character you want See the table on the next page 2 Press Alt ait 3 Press Up Down w Right or Left 4 to highlight the desired character 4 Press Center _ to insert the character To s
17. 1 Create the message to which you want to attach the item 2 On the New Message screen select the paper clip O icon in the upper right corner of the screen 3 Select the type of file to attach for example Address Appointment or Memo Text from the Type pick list To attach a ringtone select Sounds A Section 3B Using Email 131 4 Select the file you want from the list in the Type box and then select Add If you selected Sounds select the ringtone from the Manage Sound list and then select Insert 5 Select Done Repeat steps 3 and 4 to attach more than one file to a message To remove an attachment select the file in the Attachments box and then select Delete Viewing Attachments You can open a number of attachment types for example Microsoft Word Excel and PowerPoint files PDF files sound files and photos with the built in software on your device 1 From any folder open the message with the attachment you want to view Messages with downloaded attachments are indicated by a paper clip icon to the left of the message icon If an attachment is not downloaded because it is larger than your maximum message size the paper clip icon does not appear and the attachment is not displayed at the bottom of the message screen Select More to download and display any attachments 2 Select the attachment name to view it in the default viewer on your device Select the folder icon to
18. 2 Side Button What s My Phone Number 1 Make sure your phone is on see Turning Your Device s Phone On and Off on page 61 for information Phone Number 408 555 3333 __ PCS Vision Username jsmith003 MEID pESN 80083304 Software 1063 36 CC Cap 000 000 000 Carrier DB 517 MSID 4085553333 Cx Look Here for Your Phone Number 2 Press Phone 3 Press Menu 4 Select Options and then select Phone Info 30 Section 1B Setting Up Service Setting Up Your Voicemail All unanswered calls to your device s phone are automatically transferred to your voicemail even if your phone is in use or turned off To set up your voicemail 1 Press Phone amp 2 Press and hold 7 or tap the Voicemail favorite on the Phone screen 3 Follow the system prompts to do the following Create your password Record your name announcement Record your greeting Choose whether or not to activate Skip Pass Code a feature that lets you access your voicemail simply by pressing and holding 7 bypassing the need for you to enter your password If you do not activate Skip Pass Code your device uses the Voicemail Pass Code feature which requires you to enter your password each time you want to access your voicemail If you are concerned about unauthorized access to your voicemail account we recommend that you use the Voicemail Pass Code For more information about u
19. AE My Pictures gt Hard Disk C Qi G 11 10AM Mac Find the Palm folder on your Mac hard drive Double click the HotSync manager icon in the Palm folder In the Connection Settings panel set Local Setup Port to Palm USB Synchronize If the synchronization is successful you do not need to complete the remaining steps Perform a soft reset see Soft Reset on page 295 Synchronize If the synchronization is successful you do not need to complete the remaining steps If problems persist and you re synchronizing through a USB hub try connecting the sync cable to a different USB port or directly to your computer s built in USB port Section 7A Help 7 Synchronize If the synchronization is successful you do not need to complete the remaining steps 8 Windows only Uninstall Palm Desktop software Click Start select Settings select Control Panel select Add or Remove Programs select Palm Desktop by ACCESS and then click Change Remove Palm Desktop software for Mac computers does not provide an automated uninstall option For information on uninstalling Palm Desktop software on a Mac go to palm com us support centro centro_sprint or contact Palm Technical Support for Mac computers 9 Reboot your computer 10 Reinstall the synchronization software from the Palm Software Installation CD that came with your device Synchronization Starts But Stops Without Finishing If you upgraded f
20. FCC Notice This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures e Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna e Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver e Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected e Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help Changes or modifications not expressly approved by Palm could void the user s authority to operate this equipment The following statement is normally required to be on the FCCID label If the device is too small the statement must be included in the user manual This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions e This
21. For example if your computer has a metal case and is plugged into a standard three prong grounded outlet touching the case should discharge the ESD on your body e Increase the relative humidity of your environment e Install ESD specific prevention items such as grounding mats Conditions That Enhance ESD Occurrences Conditions that can contribute to the buildup of static electricity in the environment include the following e Low relative humidity Material type The type of material gathering the charge For example synthetics are more prone to static buildup than natural fibers like cotton Section 8A Important Safety Information 347 e The rapidity with which you touch connect or disconnect electronic devices While you should always take appropriate precautions to discharge static electricity if you are in an environment where you notice ESD events you may want to take extra precautions to protect your electronic equipment against ESD Owner s Record The model number regulatory number and serial number are located on a nameplate inside the battery compartment Record the serial number in the space provided below This will be helpful if you need to contact us about your phone in the future Model Palm Centro Smart Device Serial No User s Guide Proprietary Notice CDMA Technology is licensed by QUALCOMM Incorporated under one or more of the following patents 4 901 307 5 109 390 5 267 262 5 41
22. Hang up a Call and answer a call waiting call Place a call on hold and answer a call waiting call Hang up a single call Transfer a call from the device s earpiece to the hands free device Ignore an incoming call Redial the last number you called from the hands free device View a log of recently received missed and dialed calls and dial numbers for these calls directly from the hands free device e Transfer speed dial favorites and Contacts entries containing phone numbers from your device to the hands free device phone book up to the maximum number of entries allowed in your hands free device s phone book Your device transfers speed dial favorites first and then contacts in alphabetical order up to the maximum number of entries allowed in your hands free device s phone book So if you have important numbers that you want to show up in your hands free device s phone book be sure to create speed dial favorites for them before you transfer the numbers Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features Customizing Advanced Settings for Your Hands Free Device You can set whether your Bluetooth hands free device automatically answers incoming calls provided the device supports this feature 1 Press Applications and select Prefs 2 2 Select Hands Free 3 Do one of the following To send all calls to the hands free device Check the Always route calls to Hands Free box Select the Auto answer pi
23. Section 3C Messaging Preferences ti Messages New message Text only E Confirm message deletions O Privacy Mode hide text 149 5 Select the Chat tab and set any of the following preferences for Preferences g chat sessions Messages JChat Create chats from messages indicates when you want to ee group text messages from the same person into a chat O Show timestamps in chats x Display my name in chat window as Show timestamps in chats displays next to each message Me the local date and time the message was sent Lobel color MENN Use color for name only Display my name in chat window as indicates the text label for your messages in Chatview Label color sets a color to differentiate your messages from the sender s messages in Chatview Use color for indicates whether both your name and message appear in a different color or only your name 6 Select OK Selecting Messaging Alert Tones 1 Press Messaging 4 Press Menu Sound amp Alerts Select Options and then select Alerts ion T Select the Application pick list and then select Messaging erate See Select the Volume pick list and then select the volume level Select the Vibrate pick list and then select when you want the vibrate option to turn on 7 Select the Message Tone pick list and then select a tone for incoming message alerts 8 Check the Show Message Alerts box if you want to see an onscreen alert when
24. To do this highlight the car kit in Trusted Devices view press Menu and then select Connect 9 Optional Enable advanced hands free features by pressing the multifunction button MFB on the hands free device You know that the connection is successful when you see a headset 0 icon in the title bar of the Phone application You can now use your device with the Bluetooth hands free device such as a headset or car kit 84 Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features Using a Bluetooth Hands Free Device After you create a partnership with your Bluetooth hands free device and you turn it on within range up to 30 feet your Centro device automatically routes all calls to the hands free device instead of to the earpiece on your Centro device When a call comes in your Centro device rings and the hands free device beeps Even if you answer the call on your Centro device the call goes to the hands free device If you prefer to route calls to the earpiece on your Centro device you can change the settings on your device to do this see Customizing Advanced Settings for Your Hands Free Device on page 86 The features available on your hands free device vary by model Check the documentation for your hands free device for details on the supported features and how to use those features Your Centro device can support the following features provided that your hands free device also supports them e Answer an incoming call
25. Why Connect My Device to My Computer Upgrading From Another Palm OS by ACCESS Device Installing the Desktop Synchronization Software Connecting Your Palm Centro Smart Device to Your Computer Synchronizing Information The Basics Section 1C Synchronizing Information 33 Why Connect My Device to My Computer You need to install the desktop software and connect the sync cable so that you can synchronize the information on your computer with the information on your device You can use either Palm Desktop software included or Microsoft Outlook for Windows sold separately as your synchronization software Synchronization means that information that has been entered or updated in one place your Palm Centro smart device your computer or your corporate server is automatically updated in the other There s no need to enter the information twice We strongly recommend that you synchronize your device and your computer frequently to keep your information up to date and backed up in both locations System Requirements Windows computers Windows XP Service Pack 2 Windows XP Media Center Edition or Windows Vista 32 bit version only 32MB of available memory RAM 170MB of free hard disk space CD drive Available USB port Mac computers 34 Mac OS X version 10 3 or later 128MB of total memory RAM 190MB of free hard disk space CD drive Available USB port Sec
26. pi The battery is being charged The lightning bolt turns from red to green when the battery is fully charged and your device remains connected to the AC charger l The battery is fully charged and your device is not connected to the charger E1 You have new text or Picture Mail messages The number next to the icon indicates the number of unread messages in your Inbox Select this icon to view your messages Displays the current or next event from the Calendar application If you have an event conflict during the current time period a red bar appears next to the event description To jump to the current event in the Calendar application select the Calendar status line see Displaying Your Calendar on page 220 for details To display the remaining battery power tap the battery icon at the top of the screen Viewing and Using the Alert Screen The Alert screen on your device shows information about incoming items such as new email messages and Calendar events The Alert screen also notifies you if you miss a phone call e To view the Alert screen select the blinking bell a when it appears in the upper left corner of any screen or press and hold Center C when the blinking bell appears Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features 99 You can do any of the following e Check the box to clear an alert from the list Alerts 6 25 am e Select the alert to open the corresponding applicatio
27. saving drafts 122 130 email attachments 132 files 237 images 159 notes 233 phone numbers 73 photos 182 184 playlists 206 videos 184 voice memos 238 Web pages 161 162 schedules See calendar scheduling mail delivery 135 screen activating items on 48 dimming 26 52 273 281 disabling 282 284 312 highlighting items on 47 50 locking touch sensitive features on 283 maximizing battery life and 26 377 moving around on 46 realigning 275 302 selecting items on 48 troubleshooting problems with 302 turning on and off 60 281 waking up 60 72 screen fonts 274 screen protectors 302 screen specifications 351 screening phone calls 90 screens scrolling through 46 scroll arrows 47 scroll bars 47 scrolling 46 47 SD cards 264 searching for contacts 64 87 searching for signal 26 secondary application 57 278 Secure Digital cards 264 secure Web pages 156 320 security 255 282 Security icon 286 Security screen 286 security settings 286 security software 282 Select Media screen 130 self portrait mirror 19 Send button 122 130 143 145 Send To Handheld droplet 203 250 Send with Online Services option 182 184 Send with PictureMail option 182 184 sending applications over Bluetooth 254 378 email 122 130 137 information over Bluetooth 253 multimedia messages 142 145 text messages 142 143 144 Sent folder 128 143 148 serial numbers 348 service plans 16 See also Sprint Power Vision Set me
28. t need to enter a passkey to connect with that device Partnership is also known as paired relationship pairing trusted device or trusted pair on some devices Phone amp The application on your Centro device that enables you to make and receive phone calls Phone as Modem Feature that enables your device when connected to the Sprint Power Vision network to be used as a high speed modem for your computer using a wired USB sync cable connection PIM personal information management A genre of software that includes applications such as Palm Desktop software Microsoft Outlook Lotus Notes and ACT PIMs generally store contacts schedules tasks and memos SMS The service that enables devices to exchange short text messages almost instantly Text messages are typically exchanged between mobile phones These messages can usually include up to 160 characters Your device can send and receive SMS messages while you are on a voice call Sprint Mobile Broadband Network An advanced mobile data network using the fastest commercially available wireless network technology EVDO to deliver broadband like transfer speeds for your data connections See also 1xEV DO Sprint Picture Mail An enhanced Sprint Power Vision messaging service that enables you to instantly share pictures and videos with friends and family You can also manage your pictures and videos online Sprint Power Vision An advanced suite of data
29. 142 148 messaging preferences 149 150 messaging services 105 142 316 metric conversions 243 370 microphone 19 71 310 311 Microphone pick list 185 microSD cards 19 264 See also expansion cards Microsoft Direct Push technology 139 See also Direct Push operations Microsoft Excel spreadsheets See Excel files Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync See Exchange ActiveSync Microsoft MAPI servers 124 Microsoft Office files 236 Microsoft Office Manager See Documents application Microsoft Outlook See Outlook Microsoft Windows See Windows Microsoft Word documents See Word files mirror 19 Mobile Broadband Network 97 109 111 331 See also Sprint Power Vision Mobile Digital TV 105 332 Mobile Email 105 115 mobile networks 310 mobile phones 340 model numbers 348 modems 109 111 331 monitoring signal strength 97 Month view 221 228 mouthpiece 19 movies 108 MSN email services 115 multimedia files 194 multimedia messages Index See also Picture Mail adding attachments to 130 132 addressing 144 145 attaching voice memos to 239 creating 143 145 sending 142 145 viewing status of 148 multimedia messaging service 105 multi phone accounts 32 music adjusting volume for 205 answering phone calls and 67 converting to supported formats 204 copying 202 creating playlists for 206 downloading 202 listening to 195 205 pausing 205 playing in the background 206 storing 322 transferring to device 201 204 transferring to expansion car
30. 273 281 keyboard specifications 351 Keyguard 282 283 Known Caller pick list 88 L Label color pick list 150 language settings 301 lanyard connector 19 Late Breaking News amp Photos selection 108 launching applications 57 58 LCD screen See screen LED light See indicator light length conversions 243 lens camera 19 lightning bolts 24 Li ion technology 330 links See Web links list screens 47 48 List Thumbnail icon 188 listening to music 195 207 lists 48 50 lithium ion technology 330 locating blank favorite buttons 79 Index contacts 64 87 text 160 248 user folders 303 user names 106 location information 93 Location ON icon 97 Location ON option 93 97 Location pick list 280 locations transmitting 93 lock codes 29 284 Lock Device screen 286 lock icon 156 251 256 257 locking smart device 285 286 locking the keyboard 282 312 logic functions calculator 243 losing information 288 296 Lost Password option 288 Lotus Notes servers 124 lowercase letters 53 M Mac computers installing applications from 250 installing synchronization software for 37 listening to music 203 locating user folders on 304 removing applications from 252 synchronizing over 40 260 263 304 transferring music files from 195 203 204 transferring pictures from 36 uninstalling Palm Desktop software on 305 Mac operating systems 34 Index mail See email Mail from last check box 137 mail servers 124 mailbox screens 134
31. 29pm To read the message select the message entry panes eee eee Yahoo 3 06 To check for new messages press Menu and then Welcome to Yahoo select Receive from the Message menu To delete a message check the box next to one or more messages and select the Delete icon To create a new email message select the Compose 4 B au w icon See Creating and Sending Messages Using Sprint Mobile Email on page 122 for more information To sort the messages select the View pick list and then select an option from the list To return to the main screen select the Home icon at the top of the screen 120 Section 3B Using Email Receiving and Viewing Email Messages Using Sprint Mobile Email 1 Open Sprint Mobile Email and select an email account 2 To download new messages press Menu and then select Receive from the Message menu 3 To read a message select it 4 Do one of the following Drag the slider of the onscreen scroll bar to read the entire message a Select he Delete icon to permanently delete the message a Select Select the me Select he Reply icon to reply to the sender he Reply All icon to reply to all the recipients of ssage s Yahoo Inbox 2 new since 225 pm 7 26 07 Account Manager Add modify or delete services toT SEER _ Yahoolinbox 4 08pm Welcome to Yahoo Mail Beta i Sent Thu 7 26 07 3 10p
32. Brightness Sets the intensity of the screen and keyboard ZEE Power backlights Drag the slider or press Left 4 and Right gt to Brightness EEE Auto off after 30 seconds adjust the brightness level lbechilght durtags coli Auto off after Determines how long your screen stays on bg carne bias during a period of inactivity When there is no interaction with the keyboard or screen for the specified time period your screen turns off automatically Backlight during calls To preserve power during an active i call you can set the screen backlight either to dim or turn off after a specified amount of time Turning off the backlight saves more power than dimming it With the backlight turned off you can still see a faint image on the screen and use any of the buttons on the screen To return backlight brightness to normal press any key or tap the screen Be careful pressing Power End hangs up an active call and tapping an onscreen button activates that command Beam Receive Determines whether your Centro device is ready to receive information over an infrared beam If you leave this option off you must return to this screen to turn on this option the next time you want to receive beamed information 4 Select Done Section 6B Customizing Your Device 281 Locking Your Device and Information Your Centro device includes several features that help protect your device from inadvertent use and keep yo
33. Disable Javascript bypasses JavaScript elements on the Web pages you view Tap and Drag indicates whether dragging the stylus selects text or scrolls through the content of the page Section 3D Browsing the Web 163 Normal mode Fast mode indicates whether you want to hide selected items so that Web pages load faster When you select Fast Mode you can set the following options Disable cascading style sheets indicates whether style sheets are applied when you load a Web page When style sheets are disabled pages download faster but you may lose some of the formatting Don t download images indicates whether images appear when you load a Web page If you select not to view images you can still see any image by tapping and holding the placeholder box on the Web page with the stylus 5 Select Advanced and set any of the following preferences Set memory limit for storing pages sets the amount of Pratavaucex a memory used for your cache Pages are cached so that they rage Genera Advanced _ load faster the next time you view them senmenn Lie Cookies indicates how much memory is being used by Cookies 08 Clear Cookies cookies To free up this memory select Clear Cookies Cache 8K Cache indicates how much memory is being used by your O Clear cache on exit cache to store recent pages and history To free up this memory select Clear Cache Clear cache on exit indicates whether the cache clears each
34. Entering Basic Bluetooth Settings on page 170 Section 3G Using Bluetooth Wireless Technology and Dial Up Networking 171 3 Select Setup Devices Setup Devices Gy 4 Select Trusted Devices 5 Select Add Device The Discovery icon appears indicating that the discovery process is active eB Hands free Setup Configure a Bluetooth headset or car kit for your device HotSync Setup 6 Select the Show pick list and select Nearby devices Se psarne e 7 Select the device you want to connect with from the Discovery Results list and then select OK If the device you re adding isn t in the Discovery Results list make sure the device is ready to connect see the device s documentation and then select Find More on your Centro device to search again 8 Enter the same passkey on your Centro device and on the Bluetooth device and then select OK Some Bluetooth devices have a predefined passkey If your device has a predefined passkey you can find the passkey in the documentation for that device Other Bluetooth devices provide a screen where you enter a passkey that you make up In either case you must use the same passkey on both your Centro device and your Bluetooth device We recommend that where possible you make up a passkey of 16 alphanumeric characters letters and numerals only to improve the security of your Centro device The longer the passkey the more difficult it is for the
35. Internet 3 Select Web amp 4 Enter a Web page address URL in the address bar and select LAAJAA Go If you browse to a secure Web page a lock gy appears in http mobilepaimcom us _ Go the address bar poten nn 5 Do any of the following to navigate within the Web page ABN The este ews View a page in wide layout format as on your computer Yohoo News Yahoo Weather Plocalinfo Audio Press Menu select Options and then select Wide Page r Goosle Local lt Lisas e yel A nor ales ee ee Scroll through the page In Optimized Mode the default format which is optimized for your device screen press Up or Down w In Wide Page Mode press Up a Down w Left 4 or Right to scroll in all directions 156 Section 3D Browsing the Web Follow a link to another Web page In Optimized Mode highlight the link by pressing Up Down w Left 4 or Right and then press Center C to go to the selected page Tp o O In Wide Page Mode use the stylus to tap a link Submit a form Enter the information and then select the onscreen button to submit the form If the form doesn t have an onscreen button press Return 6 Use the 5 way to access any of the following icons in the title bar To quickly jump to the title bar from anywhere on a Web page press Space to go to the address bar and then press Up on the 5 way Goes to the previous Web page
36. Make sure your device s phone is turned on as described in Turning Your Device s Phone On and Off on page 61 2 Press Option Q and then press Phone _ 3 When the Connect to the Internet dialog box appears select Yes to open your device s Web browser and make a Sprint Power Vision connection If you have not already done so select Now when the Preparing Vision Services dialog box appears This initiates a one time process to configure your Sprint Power Vision services At the end of this two minute process your device connects to the Sprint Power Vision home page If you want to cancel the connection select No To bypass the Connect to the Internet dialog box in the future check the Don t ask me again box 4 Use the 5 way gt to scroll around and select from a variety of online services 5 Press Applications to exit the browser and end your session 104 Section 3A Sprint Power Vision Sprint Power Vision Features With Sprint Power Vision services you have access to additional features better performance faster Web connections and a wider variety of online services Features such as Web access and sending receiving digital images are available on your Palm Centro smart device through the Sprint National Network Sprint Picture Maif enables you to instantly shoot share and print sharp high resolution digital pictures and take and send short video clip
37. Open the door of the expansion card slot 3 Press the card into the expansion card slot to release it from the slot 4 After you feel the expansion card slot eject the card remove it from the slot Section 6A Managing Files and Applications 265 5 Close the door of the expansion card slot 6 Replace the battery door Your device has a push push mechanism push in gently to insert a card push in gently to remove it If the Ringer switch is set to Sound On you hear a confirmation tone when you insert or remove an expansion card Opening Applications on an Expansion Card After you insert an expansion card into the expansion card slot you Bard can open any of the applications stored on the expansion card VAA p y pp ie p on card EJ ae ces Tex e jeweled utler 1 Insert the expansion card into the expansion card slot Applications view automatically appears 2 Select the icon for the application you want to open 3 Press Center _ to open the application Accessing Items Stored on an Expansion Card When an expansion card contains items such as pictures or songs you can access those items directly from the card 1 Insert the expansion card into the expansion card slot Applications view automatically appears 2 Select the category pick list in the title bar and then select All 3 Select the icon for the application in which you want to open the item For example to view a picture select
38. Productivity 239 World Clock World Clock displays the day and time in three cities anywhere around the globe Whether you re traveling or staying at home it s easy to keep track of the best times to reach your business associates friends and family in faraway places Setting Cities World Clock shows the system date and time above the world map If you selected the option to get the date and time from the mobile network see Setting the Date and Time on page 279 the Sprint National Network automatically updates the time display to match the local time when you travel Below the world map you can view the time in two other cities If you REE oon j Network time travel a lot you may want to select your home city as one of these hgieg 5 48pm two cities so that you always know what time it is at home 1 Press Applications and select World Clock Q 2 Select a city pick list and then select a city in the same time zone w Tokyo London og T 10 48 T 1 48 Adding Cities Ceba Tme If the city you want to display is not in the predefined list you can add it 1 Se Se Se Se oS aKR amp ND ect a city pick list and then select Edit List ect Add ect a location in the same time zone as the city you want to add and then select OK Enter the name of the city ect Location select Map select the location of the city and then select OK If the city is not on Daylight Saving Time u
39. Remember that battery life depends on how you use your device e Charge your device whenever you re at your desk or charge it overnight each day The lithium ion Li ion battery has a much longer useful life when it is topped off frequently versus being charged after it is fully drained Section 1A Setting Up Your Palm Centro Smart Device 25 Your device s wireless features phone email messaging Web and any applications that use a Sprint Power Vision connection such as Sprint TV and media features camera media players and games consume more power than its organizer features If you spend a lot of time using the wireless and media features keep an eye on the battery icon and charge when necessary If you don t plan to use the wireless features on your device for awhile turn off your phone see Turning Your Device s Phone On and Off on page 61 You can forward calls to a different number or let all calls be picked up by voicemail see Call Forwarding on page 76 As with any mobile phone if you are in an area with no wireless coverage your device searches for a signal which consumes power If you cannot move to an area of better coverage you may want to temporarily turn off your phone While your phone is off you can continue to use your device s nonwireless features e Turn down the screen brightness See Adjusting the Brightness on page 273 Decrease the settings in Power Preferences and tu
40. Select the color you want to give this category and then select OK A amp ND a Section 5A Using Your Device s Organizer Features 225 6 Optional Repeat steps 4 and 5 to add or edit more categories 7 Select OK two more times Now that the category is set up you can assign a specific event to this category See the next section for details Editing or Deleting an Event To save memory you can purge your old events Open the Record menu and select Purge Select the Delete Events Older Than pick list and select a time frame Select OK 1 Select the event you want to edit or delete 2 Select Details 3 In addition to the settings covered earlier in this chapter you can also change any of the following settings Date and Time indicate when the event takes place Change these settings to reschedule the event Location provides space for you to enter a description of where the event takes place Category sets the color coded category for this event Note provides space for you to enter additional text Delete removes the event from your Calendar 4 Select OK If you synchronize with Microsoft Outlook and your events include other people a With field appears in the Details dialog box and your attendee information appears in this field after you synchronize 226 Section 5A Using Your Device s Organizer Features Customizing Display Options for Your Calendar 1 Press Me
41. These areas are often but not always clearly marked They include e Fueling areas such as gas stations Below deck on boats Fuel or chemical transfer or storage facilities Areas where the air contains chemicals or particles such as grain dust or metal powders Any other area where you would normally be advised to turn off your vehicle s engine Never transport or store flammable gas flammable liquid or explosives in the compartment of your vehicle that contains your phone or accessories Restricting Children s Access to Your Device Your Centro device is not a toy Do not allow children to play with it as they could hurt themselves and others damage the device and or its phone or make calls that increase your monthly bill Section 8A Important Safety Information 339 Using Your Phone With a Hearing Aid Device Your Palm Centro smart device is compliant with the FCC Hearing Aid Compatibility HAC requirements For additional HAC information including the HAC rating of this product please refer to palm com centroHAC Your device has been tested for hearing aid device compatibility When some wireless phones are used near some hearing devices hearing aids and cochlear implants users may detect a buzzing humming or whining noise Some hearing devices are more immune than others to this interference noise and phones also vary in the amount of interference they generate The wireless telephone indus
42. Use this mode to communicate by telephone if you are deaf or hard of hearing or if you have speech or language disabilities You have new voicemail messages You can select this icon to retrieve your messages You have a new alert such as a Calendar alarm or a new text message To view the alert press and hold Center C or select the icon See Viewing and Using the Alert Screen on page 99 for more information Roaming is active Bluetooth feature is off The icon appears in blue when Bluetooth wireless technology is on and appears in reverse blue when your device is communicating with other devices using Bluetooth wireless technology To quickly access the Bluetooth Preferences screen tap the Bluetooth icon Your device is connected to a headset that is enabled with Bluetooth wireless technology This icon replaces the Bluetooth icon it appears in light blue when you are not on a call and in dark blue when you are on a call Replaces the Bluetooth icon when a dial up networking connection using Bluetooth wireless technology is active The battery is partially drained When the battery drains to 20 of its capacity the icon changes from blue to red At 10 of its capacity you begin to receive warning messages and at 5 of its capacity the device beeps if the Ringer switch is set to Sound On ps and the icon changes from red to clear Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features
43. Videos After you take pictures and record videos you can organize them into aloums on your device or use your online album see Using Your Online Album on page 192 Creating Albums on Your Device 1 Press Applications and select Pics amp Videos B 2 Select Create New Album 3 Enter an album name and then select OK If you have an expansion card inserted into your device s expansion card slot you can choose to create the album on the card Arranging Albums After you create an album you can add items to or remove items from that album 1 Press Applications and select Pics amp Videos i 2 Select the album you want to organize From Thumbnail view select the List Thumbnail icon to the right of the Camera icon in the lower left corner of the screen to display the list of albums 188 Section 4A Working With Your Pictures and Videos 3 Do one of the following To add pictures or videos to an album select or press Menu select Album and then select Add to Album To remove pictures or videos from an album press Menu select Album and then select Remove from Album 4 Select the pictures or videos that you want to add or remove or select Select All to add or remove the entire album A plus sign indicates that you want to add the item an X indicates that you want to remove the item 5 Select Add or Remove Copying Pictures and Videos You
44. When you have a new voicemail message you are notified with an 5 krentant a Alert screen To respond to the Alert screen select OK to dismiss the alert or select Listen to play the message When you have messages 9 19 pm 6 2 07 that you have not listened to the Voicemail icon also appears in the title bar at the top of the Main view in the Phone application 68 Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features Retrieving Your Voicemail Messages 1 Press Phone X 2 Press and hold 7 to dial the voicemail system or select the Voicemail favorite button 3 Enter your voicemail password by using the keyboard or select Extra Digits if you defined this option see Defining Favorite Buttons on page 78 for details on defining extra digits Remember that you do not need to press Option to enter numbers an asterisk or a pound sign during a call If the Voicemail icon appears in the title bar of the Main view of the Phone application you can select this icon to retrieve your voicemail Accessing Your Voicemail From Another Phone 1 Dial your wireless phone number 2 Press when your voicemail answers 3 Enter your password and then press Displaying Numeric Pages If an incoming call goes to voicemail the caller can choose to enter their phone number as a numeric page instead of leaving a voicemail message When someone pages you the page is displayed on the Alert screen If there is jus
45. Windows Copy the folder and then paste it to your Windows desktop Mac Select the folder press and hold the Option key and then drag the folder to your Mac desktop 3 Confirm that the copy of your user folder includes a subfolder named Backup and that all the files in the original Backup subfolder are also in the copy of the Backup subfolder 294 Section 7A Help 4 Delete all files from the original Backup subfolder 5 Perform a hard reset on your device See Resetting Your Palm Centro Smart Device on page 295 for instructions 6 Sync your Centro smart device by Palm with your new desktop software be sure to select your existing device name from the User list 7 Reinstall third party applications from the copy of your Backup subfolder see Installing Applications on page 248 for instructions We recommend that you install one application at a time to help you identify the application that caused the problem We also recommend that you do not install any applications that do any of the following s Modify phone functions such as ringtones dialing or caller ID Replace organizer applications such as Contacts or Calendar Set data connection features such as activating or ending data connections Provide Web clipping applications or files such as PQA files Provide instant messaging features If you want to continue using these types of applications please contact the third party developer
46. a new message arrives 9 Select Done Message Tone Alert Beep E Show Message Alerts Sar WD Done New Manage Tips 150 Section 3C Messaging Using Online Services Sprint Picture Mail Online Services let you access printing and other services for photos and videos when you compose and send a Picture Mail message from your Centro device For example if you send a message containing a picture you can select an online printing service to print and deliver a copy of the picture to you Additional fees may be required to use Online Services Accessing Online Services 1 Press Messaging 2 Select Online Services in the lower right corner of the screen If prompted enter or create a password If the Welcome screen appears select Continue Select the service you want to use Create your Picture Mail message as described in Creating and Sending a Sprint Picture Mail Message on page 143 The media you include with the message is sent to the service you select for processing Sar WD Msgs w Inbox 0 5 Ta T Select a Service 5105557592 10 26 a u were right E Help Ta 4085552477 10 24 a E Prints Retail a where r u CEIVA a 5105557592 10 24a E 4015554242 10 24a E 4085552477 10 18a call me today e gt Respond Delete Section 3C Messaging 151 Using Sprint Instant Messaging Sprint Instant Messaging IM is a form of real time Communic
47. and then Hands free Setup Configure a Bluetooth headset or car kit for your device HotSync Setup select OK Configure Bluetooth HotSync between your device and PC 7 Enter a passkey on the Bluetooth Security screen and then select OK The passkey can be any number of up to 16 characters 8 Enter the same passkey number on your computer when prompted 9 Select Done and then select Done again to return to the Bluetooth screen You must enter the same passkey on your device and your computer We recommend that you use a passkey of 16 digits where possible to improve the security of your Centro device The longer the passkey the more difficult it is for the passkey to be deciphered 174 Section 3G Using Bluetooth Wireless Technology and Dial Up Networking Setting Up Your Computer for a Bluetooth DUN Connection Dial up networking must be enabled or installed on your computer Follow the instructions from the manufacturer of your Bluetooth adapter to enable DUN Your wireless service provider may provide customized software programs that walk you through the DUN setup process Check with your wireless service provider to see if such a program is available Accessing the Internet Using a Bluetooth DUN Connection The steps for accessing the Internet on your computer may vary depending on your operating system and how Bluetooth wireless technology is set up on your computer for example if it is buil
48. box Creating an Event 1 Press Calendar amp until Day view appears 2 Press Left 4 or Right to select the desired day EE Ceta New GoTo 9 1 Selected Date 2 Selected Day Section 5A Using Your Device s Organizer Features 221 3 Select New 4 Using the keyboard enter a starting hour and minute for the event For example enter 545 for 5 45 5 Select the End Time box and then select the ending hour and minute for the event 6 Optional To assign a time zone to the event select the Time Zone pick list and select a city in the time zone you want 7 Select OK 8 Enter a description for the event Time Zones and Events Here are some important points to keep in mind when assigning a time zone to an event e Palm Desktop software does not recognize time zones If you sync with Palm Desktop 222 software you can add time zones to your events but the start and end times do not change in Palm Desktop if you go to a different time zone If you use Microsoft Outlook you can use the time zone feature but you must install the conduit that came with your Centro device that is you must install the desktop software from the Palm Software Installation CD and select to sync with Outlook on all the computers you synchronize your device with Chapura PocketMirror and other earlier Microsoft Outlook conduits do not support time zones To automatically assign a time zone to your even
49. complete the installation and activation An activated Sprint service plan A location with wireless coverage for your device An electrical outlet The computer with which you want to synchronize your personal information Documentation e Read This First setup poster Welcome to Sprint brochure Getting Started guide Setting Up Email booklet Experience Sprint Power Vision guide Terms amp Conditions Warranty and Software License Agreement 16 Section 1A Setting Up Your Palm Centro Smart Device Your New Centro Smart Device by Palm Your Device s Features Front View 1 Indicator Light provides the status of your device s battery Red indicates that your device is charging and green indicates that your device is fully charged 2 Volume Button adjusts the earpiece speaker and ringer volume levels 3 Side Button records voice memos by default and performs context sensitive actions when an application is open such as playing or pausing MP3 files in the Pocket Tunes application You can also reassign this button to open your favorite application 4 Phone opens the Phone application Section 1A Setting Up Your Palm Centro Smart Device 17 10 11 12 13 18 Talk dials when a phone number is selected or entered and answers an incoming phone call Calendar opens the Calendar application Option activates the secondary function of a key or button See Using the Keyboa
50. device varies among manufacturers e Confirm that no obstructions including your body are between the Centro device and your hands free device Some Features of My Hands Free Device Don t Work With My Palm Centro Smart Device e Check the Palm compatibility list at pa m com us support centro centro_sprint to ensure that your device is compatible e Notall hands free features work with every hands free device Check the documentation that came with your hands free device or the manufacturer s Web site for feature compatibility information specific to your device Email The following troubleshooting tips apply to the VersaMail application only If you are using Sprint Mobile Email as your email application refer to the documentation included with that application for troubleshooting tips Have Problems Using My Account You cannot synchronize messages in the VersaMail application with your computer using the USB sync cable You can synchronize VersaMail messages wirelessly using Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync Section 7A Help 313 Occasionally you may experience problems using an email account after you set it up If you followed the account setup procedure and are experiencing problems using the account verify that the account complies with your email provider s requirements by following these steps e Verify both your password and your username for your email account e Some wireless service providers
51. device when you synchronize For complete information on the Documents To Go application install it from palm com us support centro centro_sprint click the Documents To Go icon on your computer and then click Help or go to dataviz com Install the Palm Files application to easily browse and manage files on an expansion card Press Applications select My Centro select the Bonus tab and then select Files Here are a few more examples of what you can do with Documents e Send and receive email attachments in Word Excel PowerPoint and Acrobat file formats DOC XLS PPT and PDF View Word Excel PowerPoint and Acrobat files DOC XLS PPT and PDF 236 Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity e Create or edit a Word compatible document or Excel compatible spreadsheet on your device and then save it in the native DOC or XLS format e Create a PowerPoint presentation on your computer use the Documents To Go desktop application to optimize the file for your device and then sync the file onto your device View or edit the file on your device and then sync again to transfer the changes to the original PowerPoint file on your computer The Documents application does not support some editing functions such as multiple font sizes and spell check Opening a Document Q Name Size OS In the Documents application you can open and view compatible CI Word Excel PowerPoint o
52. gnore buttons or press Talk 0 to answer the call or Power End i to ignore the call On a call Disables the screen after you answer a call You must use the 5 way to select the onscreen buttons during the call Use this setting to avoid accidentally pressing onscreen buttons while you re holding your device near your ear to speak 4 Select Done Locking Your Phone Phone Lock You can lock your phone to prevent unauthorized calls and use of other wireless features When your phone is locked you must enter the correct code to unlock it You can still call emergency services when your phone is locked however 1 Press Phone X 2 Press Menu 3 Select Options and then select Phone Lock 4 Optional Select Advanced enter up to three numbers that you can dial when your phone is locked and then select OK You do not need to enter 911 as one of the three numbers because this number is always available 5 Select one of the following Phone Lock options On phone power off locks your phone each time you turn it off When this setting is active you must enter your lock code each time you turn your phone on again Immediately locks your phone when you select OK The next time you dial a number you must enter your lock code to unlock your phone After that you can continue to make calls without entering your lock code unless you select one of the phone lock options 284 Section 6B Customizing Your Devic
53. icon 68 93 98 voicemail page icon 149 Voicemail Pass Code feature 31 Voicemail Quick Key 79 Voicemail screen 68 volume alert tones 89 device ringer 90 Index music 205 phone calls 29 ringtones 88 videos 184 voice memos 239 Volume button 17 29 volume conversions calculator 243 Volume pick list 88 89 volume preferences 273 VPN clients 289 VPNs virtual private networks 289 Ww waking up screen 60 72 wallpaper 87 191 276 warm resets 296 warnings 96 weather information 109 Web addresses 163 See also URLS Web browser beaming from 256 changing screen fonts for 274 customizing 163 164 enabling offline viewing for 161 enabling Sprint Power Vision connections and 104 freeing cache for 164 322 installing applications from 248 249 opening 58 playing streamed content and 159 setting default view for 163 setting home page for 163 Index troubleshooting 318 320 viewing Picture Mail and 145 viewing Web pages with 156 158 166 22 168 2 Web browser icons 157 Web browsing 26 72 105 155 156 161 Web forms 157 163 320 Web Link favorite buttons 80 Web links 147 157 Web pages accessing 147 155 157 beaming 256 bookmarking 160 161 162 caching 164 copying text in 160 dialing from 65 displaying 156 160 downloading files from 158 enabling wide layouts for 156 loading 158 164 locating text in 160 personalizing 107 saving 161 162 setting preferences for 163 164 troubleshooting 319 320 viewin
54. in which case more recent messages are deleted from your Inbox or to download all messages regardless of the date in which case all messages continue to appear in your Inbox Am Using Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync But Email Messages Calendar Events and Contacts Information Are Not Downloading to My Device Check with your system administrator to obtain the name of the mail server that offers you wireless access to the corporate mail system If you cannot obtain the name of this server some companies do not give it out because they do not want wireless access to their servers Microsoft Direct Push or wireless synchronization of email messages Calendar events and Contacts information using Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync cannot take place Messaging l Can t Tell If Data Services Are Available When your phone is on icons appear in the title bar in the Main view of the Phone application to indicate whether data services are available and whether a data connection is active See Checking Signal Strength and Phone Status on page 97 for a description of the icons that indicate that data services are available If your phone is on and you do not see any of the data icons then data services are not available in your current location Can t Send or Receive SMS Text Messages e Make sure your phone is turned on see Turning Your Device s Phone On and Off on page 61 316 Section 7A Help e Contact Sprint to veri
55. information 34 35 backlight keyboard 52 273 281 Backlight key 273 Backspace key 64 Backup folder 252 294 Basic Mode calculator 242 battery caring for 342 344 charging 23 24 25 disposing of 344 inserting 21 maximizing life of 25 26 281 recharging 25 replacing 22 290 298 300 viewing status of 23 24 98 99 battery door 20 battery icon 24 26 98 99 356 battery specifications 350 Bcc option email 129 Beam Business Card command 219 Beam Category command 256 Beam command 256 257 Beam Receive pick list 281 Beam Status dialog box 256 257 258 beaming 255 258 329 beeps See alarms Before data connections pick list 96 Before outgoing calls pick list 96 bell 99 303 billing information 106 birthdays 224 blank screens 302 blinking bell 99 303 Bluetooth adapters 174 Bluetooth application 170 173 Bluetooth button 83 Bluetooth devices adding 172 connecting to 83 170 173 creating partnerships for 84 170 174 customizing 86 discovering 170 172 entering device names for 83 170 entering passkeys for 172 maximizing battery life and 26 receiving information over 254 routing phone calls to 82 85 86 sending over 253 synchronizing over 261 262 transferring calls from 71 Index troubleshooting 311 312 320 viewing status of 98 Bluetooth feature enabling 170 Bluetooth icon 83 98 170 Bluetooth Preferences screen 98 Bluetooth technology 170 175 329 bonus software 42 249 250 Bookmark
56. is off press and release Power End to wake up the screen 2 Press _ on the 5 way to turn off Keyguard see Moving Around the Device Screen on page 46 for information on the 5 way O 3 Enter your four digit lock code For security purposes the code is not visible as you type If you can t recall your lock code try using the last four digits of either your Social Security number or your wireless phone number or try 0000 If that doesn t work call Sprint Customer Service at 1 888 211 4727 See Where to Learn More on page 325 for other ways to get help from Sprint if you are having trouble with your service Making a Call 1 Press Phone 2 Press Center _ on the 5 way to turn off Keyguard see Locking Your Keyboard Keyguard on page 282 for 959 pes 12 8 08 information on Keyguard La Zum Suey 3 Tap the onscreen Dial Pad or press the number keys on the Aunties Dantes keyboard to enter the number you want to call ales Bums L 4 Press Talk to dial 22 4 5 After you finish the call press Power End i to end the call Adjusting Call Volume While a call is in progress press the Volume button on the side of your device to adjust the call volume e To increase the volume press the upper half of the Volume button e To decrease the volume press the lower half of the Volume button Section 1B Setting Up Service 29 1 Volume Button
57. menu After you define your business card you can beam it to other Palm OS by ACCESS devices In Contacts or in any Phone view press Menu gt and select Beam Business Card on the Record menu 219 Calendar Calendar is a full organizer application that helps you manage your schedule You can view your calendar by day week or month or as an agenda list that combines your list of tasks and email notifications with your appointments Schedule repeating meetings or block out a vacation by creating one event set to repeat at an interval you specify Color code your appointments by category and add notes with helpful information If you have several appointments to enter it s more efficient to use Palm Desktop software or Microsoft Outlook on your computer and then synchronize information between the Centro device and your computer For more information see Synchronizing Information The Basics on page 39 If you use Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync your calendar information as well as email and contacts information is moved directly between your company s Exchange server and your smart device using either Microsoft Direct Push technology or synchronization Push is a feature provided by Microsoft ActiveSync that pushes email messages Calendar events meeting invitations and updated contact information it receives onto your device You retrieve calendar and email and contacts updates from the server they are not upda
58. move through favorites If the highlighted favorite was added from Contacts press Space to view all numbers associated with that contact 64 Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features Dialing From a Web Page or Message Your device recognizes most phone numbers that appear on Web pages or in text email or Sprint Picture Mail messages If you can t use the 5 way or stylus to highlight and dial a phone number on a Web page or in a message it means that your device doesn t recognize the number as a phone number 1 Select the phone number on the Web page or in the message 2 Press Center C to open the Dial Number dialog box 3 Select Dial to dial the number Redialing a Recently Called Number 448 of 414 gt Ta E Subj Contact number if you have issues l m leaving the office early today You may call me on my celif you have any issues before the close of Dial Number 650 555 3333 e From the Main view in the Phone application press and hold Talk n to dial the last number you called To select from your most recently dialed numbers from the Main view in the Phone application press Talk then press Talk 0 again to dial to open the Redial list select the number you want to call and To select from a chronological list of calls select the Call Log favorite button You can also access the Call Log from the Main view in the Phone application by pressing Talk D and selecting Call L
59. name If any third party applications are quarantined during the installation do not manually install any of the quarantined files Contact the third party developer for software updates and information about compatibility with your new device Section 1C Synchronizing Information Installing the Desktop Synchronization Software Even if you already own a Palm OS by ACCESS device and have installed a previous version of the desktop software you must install the software from the Palm Software Installation CD that comes with your Centro smart device by Palm If you are installing the software on a computer at work make sure your company allows you to install new software Contact your company s IT department for help Installing the Desktop Software on a Windows or Mac Computer 1 Close any applications that are currently running on your computer including those that are minimized Your computer must have all its resources available to install the software 2 Insert the Palm Software Installation CD into the CD drive on your computer 3 If you are installing the software on a Mac double click the CD icon on the desktop and then double click the PalmSoftware pkg icon Section 1C Synchronizing Information 37 4 When the installation wizard opens follow the onscreen instructions Please note these important points about the installation process Windows only You can choose which desktop software
60. necessary information on the screen When creating a Message or Email favorite you can enter multiple addresses simply separate each address with a comma This is an easy way to send messages to a group of people 5 Optional Enter a Quick Key a letter that you can press and hold from the Main Dial Pad or Favorites view of the Phone application to open the favorite 6 Select OK Editing or Deleting an Existing Favorite Button You can edit or delete most favorite buttons You cannot edit or delete the preset Voicemail button but you can add extra digits or move the Voicemail button to a different position 1 Press Phone X 2 Use the 5 way Q to access Favorites 3 Highlight the favorite button you want to edit or delete 4 Press Menu 80 Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features 5 Select Edit Favorites Button on the Record menu 6 To edit the entry make the desired changes For example you can add a Quick Key shortcut to any favorite To delete the entry select Delete 7 Select OK You can also organize your favorite buttons on separate pages Open the Record menu and then select Edit Favorites Pages To arrange your favorites drag and drop the buttons into a new slot To move a favorite to another page drag the button onto the page icon at the bottom of the screen Using a Phone Headset You can connect a phone headset for hands free oper
61. offers several options for making phone calls As you become familiar with your device you ll discover which method you prefer Dialing Using the Onscreen Dial Pad 1 Press Phone X 2 Enter the phone numbers by tapping the onscreen Dial Pad with the stylus 1h tn oe 3 Tap Dial press Talk 1 or press Center C to dial Ba sa bse 62 Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features If you changed the wallpaper in the Main view of the Phone application see Customizing the Main View in the Phone Application on page 86 you can still access the Dial Pad From the Main view of the Phone application press Talk and then select Dial Pad You can paste numbers directly into Main view Copy a number from another application and then press Phone to switch to Main view Open the Edit menu and then select Paste Press Talk to dial Dialing From the Keyboard 1 Press Phone X 2 Press the numbered keys to enter the phone number You don t need to press Option O 3 Press Talk to dial whel alrty wyo lole ly ik ILL 2 BYM J an Ee Dialing by Contact Name Before you can dial a call by contact name you must create some contacts see Adding a Contact on page 216 or import them by synchronizing see Synchronizing Information The Basics on page 39 1 Press Phone X
62. process of setting up your device as a wireless modem using the built in Bluetooth technology Creating a DUN Connection Using Bluetooth Technology To configure DUN using Bluetooth technology complete the following procedures e Creating a Partnership Between Your Device and Your Computer on page 174 e Setting Up Your Computer for a Bluetooth DUN Connection on page 175 e Accessing the Internet Using a Bluetooth DUN Connection on page 175 Section 3G Using Bluetooth Wireless Technology and Dial Up Networking 173 Creating a Partnership Between Your Device and Your Computer If your computer is not enabled with Bluetooth wireless technology you may be able to purchase a wireless Bluetooth adapter accessory for your computer 1 Make sure that your computer s Bluetooth setting is on and that R Out your computer is ready to create a Bluetooth partnership Bisateothe Check the documentation that came with your computer to find Bluetooth Wireless R Technol Or and change these settings clan a Device Name Palm Device 2 On your device press Applications and select Visibility v Visible Bluetooth 3 Select Bluetooth On if it is not selected and then select Setup Devices 4 Select Trusted Devices Setup Devices 9 5 Select Add Device The discovery icon appears indicating that the discovery process is active 6 Select your computer from the Trusted Devices list
63. send the message If the recipient s name is not in the list of recent addresses or your Contacts list enter the mobile number or email address You may need to press Option to enter letters or numbers The Option Lock setting defaults to the setting you used the last time you addressed a message 4 Select Add media 144 Section 3C Messaging 5 Select the Media icon and select one of the following Cyes a Attach from device lets you attach a picture or video from Ae 7 Jane Jones W l jec your device Attach from Online lets you attach a picture or video from A in 5 m E from device your online album See Using Your Online Album on A fAttach from Online 5 i Me k k ti page 192 for information C ake nev iaeo Take new picture prompts you to take a new picture with the Send Cone built in camera and attach it to the message Take new video prompts you to capture a new video with the built in camcorder and attach it to the message 6 Optional Repeat step 5 for each item you want to attach 7 Enter your message or select QuickText to insert predefined phrases To insert emoticons select 8 Select Send If the Welcome screen appears select Continue Your device uploads the pictures or videos to the Sprint Picture Mail Web site sprintcom picturemail creates a private Guest Book for the recipient on the Sprint Picture Mail Web site and sends your message to the rec
64. services and applications utilizing the Sprint Mobile Broadband Network Section 7B Glossary 331 Sprint TV A Sprint Power Vision service that allows you to view live Mobile Digital TV MDTV on your Centro device Streaming Technology that enables you to access media content for example to watch video or listen to an audio program directly from the Internet on your device without needing to download a file that you save on your device User folder The folder on your computer that contains both the information you enter in Palm Desktop software and the information you enter on your device and synchronize with Palm Desktop software 332 Section 7B Glossary Section 8 Safety and Specifications Sprint ahead 334 Section 8A Important Safety Information In This Section ECC Notice General Precautions Maintaining Safe Use of and Access to Your Device Using Your Phone With a Hearing Aid Device Caring for the Battery Radiofrequency RF Energy Bluetooth Qualification Program Static Electricity ESD and Your Device Owner s Record Users Guide Proprietary Notice This guide contains important operational and safety information to help you safely use your Palm Centro smart device Failure to read and follow the information provided in this guide may result in serious bodily injury death or property damage Section 8A Important Safety Information 335
65. software on a Mac go to palm com us support centro centro_sprint or contact Palm Technical Support for Mac computers 5 Reboot your computer 6 Reinstall Palm Desktop software from the Palm Software Installation CD that came with your device 7 If you re using Microsoft Outlook consider the following With the included software you can synchronize your Centro device with the Contacts Calendar Tasks and Notes folders on your computer If you want to synchronize your information with a global Exchange Address Book you must copy the addresses to your local Contacts list in Outlook right click the addresses and then select Add to Personal Address Book Outlook subfolders and public folders are not accessible with the included software You may want to use a third party solution instead If you re trying to synchronize offline be sure to set your Outlook Calendar Contacts Notes and Tasks to be available offline For more information on Outlook conduits click the HotSync manager icon in the taskbar select Settings select Applications highlight an application with Outlook in its name select Configure and then select Help Section 7A Help 307 Have Duplicate Entries in Microsoft Outlook After I Synchronize 1 2 3 8 9 Open Microsoft Outlook and delete the duplicate entries On your computer go to the application with duplicate entries and manually enter any informat
66. streaming from Web pages 159 transferring to device 35 36 236 Files application 266 financial calculator 243 financial information 109 Find dialog box 248 Find Text on Page command 160 finding blank favorite buttons 79 contacts 64 87 text 160 248 user folders 303 user names 106 5 way navigator See navigator Flash mode 77 flight mode 61 folder icon 132 folder pick list 128 365 folders 128 303 332 Font command 274 Font size pick list 274 fonts 274 forgetting passwords 285 288 Format Card command 269 Formats Preferences screen 275 formats customizing 275 formatting date and time 275 expansion cards 268 269 numbers 275 phone numbers 92 forums 326 forwarding phone calls 76 77 93 freeing memory 251 321 Full battery icon 24 full charge battery 23 full charge indicator 24 function keys 52 functions 242 G Game Volume pick list 273 games 26 Get Email icon 116 getting started 11 28 29 39 49 104 325 Global Adaress Lists 124 Gmail services 115 Go to Next Message option 133 Google Maps 218 248 graphics See images Guest Book 145 366 H HAC setting 341 handset speaker 17 18 20 hands free car kit 84 hands free devices connecting to 83 85 creating partnerships for 84 entering passkeys for 84 making phone calls and 82 85 86 purchasing 338 setting preferences for 86 troubleshooting 311 312 313 hands free features 84 85 86 Hands Free Preferences screen 86 Hands free Setup button 84 Ha
67. the form requested by the IM community 4 Optional Select Save Password to have your password stored in IM 5 Optional Select Auto Sign On to automatically sign on to the IM community whenever you select it 6 Select Done or Sign On Once you sign on you can add contacts to establish a list of people you want to correspond with via Instant Messaging You can also indicate whether or not you are available for Instant Messaging Yahoo Settings Sending a Message You can select Quick Text and emoticons to make your messages quick and easy to enter or you can simply enter text in the usual way 1 Sign on to an IM community 2 Select Send Message To and select a recipient from your contacts list 3 Enter the text of your message and select Send Receiving a Message You can receive messages as long as you are signed on to an IM community A beep announces the arrival of an IM message 1 When you hear a beep press Applications and select IM 8B 2 Select an IM community you are signed on to If you don t see your message use the 5 way to switch among IM communities until your message is visible Section 3C Messaging 153 Leaving IM You can either exit an IM community or sign out e When you select Exit you can go to other applications and return without signing in again Conversations remain active e When you select Sign Out you are asked to confirm that you want to termi
68. the left of the attachment name to open a menu of tasks you can do with the attachment including View Install or Unzip depending on the attachment file type Save to save the attachment to your device or to an expansion card or Select Viewer to select the application you want to use to view the attachment 3 When you have finished with the attachment select Done to return to the Attachments dialog box If there is no Done button press Applications 4 and select Email lt 3 to return to the Inbox of the account you were using in the VersaMail application 132 Section 3B Using Email Deleting a Single Email Message When you delete a message it moves to the Trash folder 1 To delete a message from the Inbox or another message screen highlight the message and then press Backspace To delete a message you are reading or composing while the message is open just press Backspace 2 Select OK to confirm the deletion To delete a single message you can also highlight it press Right on the 5 way and then select Delete When you delete a message in Message view by default you return to the Inbox You can change the setting so that you go to the next message instead From the Options menu select Preferences select Deletion and then select Go to Next Message from the After deleting a message pick list Deleting Multiple Email Messages 1 On the Inbox or another folder screen se
69. then select High Priority or Normal Priority on the Compose menu to set an urgency level for the message 7 Select Send If you are out of a coverage area or if your device is off outgoing messages go into the Outbox folder When you return to a coverage area your pending messages are sent automatically and are transferred to the Sent folder Creating and Sending a Sprint Picture Mail Message Sprint Picture Mail messages consist of pictures videos text and sounds You can include pictures and videos you captured with the built in camera as well as any of the following items Pictures e Videos Section 3C Messaging 143 e Text messages e Voice memos The first time you share a picture or video you are prompted to establish a Sprint Picture Mail account and password Enter a four to eight digit alphanumeric password and press Center _ Once you receive confirmation you can continue to send or upload pictures and videos For information about the terms of your Sprint Picture Mail service please visit sprintcom 1 Press Messaging 2 Select New 3 Select the To field to address the message Press Center _ If the recipient s name appears in the list of recent addresses select it from the list If the recipient is in your Contacts list enter the first initial and last name no spaces and then select the recipients phone number or email address depending on where you want to
70. time you exit the Web browser Set Proxy sets up a proxy server to access the Internet If your connection requires a proxy server please contact your Internet service provider or IT administrator for this information 6 Select OK Setting a proxy server may prevent you from accessing some Sprint Power Vision Web pages 164 Section 3D Browsing the Web Section 3E Facebook for Palm In This Section Using Facebook for Palm Facebook for Palm is a social utility that connects you with the people around you Use Facebook to keep up with friends and family share photos and videos and reconnect with old classmates Section 3E Facebook for Palm 165 Using Facebook for Palm To use Facebook for Palm you must be registered on Facebook go to facebook com For complete information see the Facebook for Palm User Guide available at palm com us support centro centro_sprint 166 Section 3E Facebook for Palm Section 3F Google Maps In This Section Using Google Maps Google Maps provides directions interactive maps and satellite aerial imagery of a given region You can also search for locations by keyword such as type of business Section 3F Google Maps 167 Using Google Maps Before you use Google Maps make sure your phone is set to Location On See Setting Phone Preferences on page 93 1 2 3 168 Make sure your phone is turned on and t
71. to Synchronizing Information The Basics below Synchronizing Information The Basics Synchronizing means that information that has been entered or updated in one place your device your computer or your corporate server is automatically updated in the other We strongly recommend that you synchronize your Centro device with your computer or Section 1C Synchronizing Information 39 corporate server frequently to keep your information up to date and backed up in both locations To sync your information you must install the software from the Palm Software Installation CD that came with your Centro smart device by Palm even if you sync with Outlook or another third party application See Installing the Desktop Synchronization Software on page 37 for instructions Information from all the following applications is updated by default each time you synchronize your device with your desktop software amp amp 2 6 amp Calendar Contacts Memos Pics amp Videos Tasks How each application syncs depends on your computer type and the desktop software you are using as follows Computer Desktop What Syncs and Where Windows Outlook Calendar Contacts Memos and Tasks sync with Outlook e Pics amp Videos syncs with Palm Desktop software Windows Palm Desktop software All applications sync with Palm Desktop Mac Palm Desktop software All applications sync with Palm Desk
72. to save Press Menu Select Save Page from the Page menu L Select OK and then select OK again Section 3D Browsing the Web 161 Viewing Bookmarks or Saved Pages Bookmarks and saved pages appear in Bookmarks view Saved pages are indicated by a small triangle in the upper right corner of the bookmark 1 Select the Bookmarks icon 2 Select the bookmark or saved page you want to view Editing or Deleting a Bookmark or Saved Page 1 From Bookmarks view press Menu 2 Select Edit Bookmarks from the Bookmarks menu 3 Select the bookmark or saved page you want to edit or delete 4 Enter the desired changes 5 Select OK Arranging Bookmarks and Saved Pages Bookmarks Palm Sprint Mobile Portal Downloads Yahoo News Top Stories Google Local Yellow Page Info momen Yahoo Finance Google Mapquest Search Maps Page View Edit Bookmarks view includes ten pages of bookmarks so that you can arrange bookmarks and saved pages in a logical fashion For example you can store travel links on one page stock links on another and business links on a third page 1 From Bookmarks view press Menu 2 Select Edit Bookmarks on the Bookmarks menu 3 Enter a title for this page of bookmarks 4 Use the stylus to drag and drop a bookmark into another slot on the current page of bookmarks To move a bookmark to a different page drag and drop it onto the Bookmark Page B icon 5 Select OK Edit Book
73. you can view the content on the full screen Press Up or Down to display the toolbar press Up or Down again to hide the toolbar again Press the Volume button on the side of your device to adjust the volume If the Web browser recognizes streamed content that is not supported by any application on your device a Media type not supported message appears Section 3D Browsing the Web 159 Copying Text From a Web Page You can copy text from a Web page and paste it into other applications 1 2 3 4 5 6 Use the stylus to highlight the text you want to copy Press Menu Select Edit and then select Copy Go to the application in which you want to paste the text and then use the 5 way or the stylus to position the cursor where you want to paste the text Press Menu Select Edit and then select Paste Returning to Recently Viewed Pages The History list stores the addresses of the last one hundred pages you visited Items in the History list are sorted chronologically 1 2 3 4 From Page view press Menu Select History from the Page menu Press Down to navigate through the list Select the Web page you want to load To clear all items from the History list select Clear All To bookmark any page on the list highlight the page and then select Bookmark If you clear all History list items the Web browser does not suggest any entries when you begin entering a Web addr
74. you don t use the Memos application and you want to speed up synchronization you can turn off synchronization for Memos On a Windows computer 1 oo 258 Windows If you set up your device to sync with Outlook see the online Outlook synchronization Help to learn how to change which applications synchronize Click the HotSync manager icon in the taskbar in the lower right corner of your computer screen Click Settings click Applications highlight the application an application with Outlook in its name click Configure and then click Help You cannot synchronize messages in Outlook with messages in the VersaMail application on your Centro device Click the HotSync manager icon in the taskbar in the lower right corner of your screen Click Settings Be sure your device name appears at the top of the screen Click Applications Section 6A Managing Files and Applications 5 Highlight the application for which you want to turn synchronization on or off and then click Configure 6 Do one of the following Select Synchronize the files to turn on synchronization for an application Select Do nothing to turn off synchronization for an application that currently synchronizes for example to turn off synchronization for Memos if you do not use that application Change HotSync Action HotSyne Action for Memos oe Synchronize the files Cancel Help Q 8 Desktop overwrites handheld Se
75. 202 6 490 155 6 480 146 6 457 134 6 456 247 6 442 637 6 441 824 6 437 543 6 429 625 6 425 087 6 389 572 6 388 877 6 381 650 6 363 082 6 344 848 6 317 085 6 241 537 6 222 857 6 185 423 6 147 314 6 115 248 6 064 342 D421 251 D429 252 D466 128 D478 091 Patent pending This product also is licensed under United States patent 6 058 304 This product is protected by certain intellectual property rights of Microsoft Corporation Use or distribution of such technology outside this product is prohibited without a license from Microsoft or an authorized Microsoft subsidiary All rights reserved This product contains ACCESS Co Ltd s NetFront 3 0 Internet browser software 1996 2007 ACCESS Co Ltd and ACCESS Systems America Inc NetFront is the trademark or registered trademark of ACCESS Co Ltd in Japan and in other countries except the United States of America NetFront is a registered trademark of NetFront Communications Inc in the United States of America and is used under a license A portion of this software includes software modules developed by the Independent JPEG group Disclaimer and Limitation of Liability Palm Inc and its suppliers assume no responsibility for any damage or loss resulting from the use of this guide Palm Inc and its suppliers assume no responsibility for any loss or claims by third parties that may arise through the use of this software Palm Inc and its suppliers assume no responsib
76. 233 smart device 271 Delete Old command 134 tasks 232 Delete Task command 232 VersaMail 134 138 deleting Web browser 163 164 alerts 100 Web page content 107 applications 251 252 attachments 130 bookmarks 162 contacts 219 Index 361 device names 36 email 133 134 322 events 226 favorite buttons 80 groups of messages 134 memos 233 photos 182 songs from playlists 207 tasks 232 text 64 text messages 147 videos 184 desktop software 38 40 139 301 See also Palm Desktop software device names changing 83 creating 83 170 defined 330 deleting 36 displaying 330 synchronizing and 36 transferring to new device 36 devices See also Bluetooth devices Palm OS devices smart device connecting to TTY 94 electrostatic discharge and 346 348 radiofrequency emissions and 338 344 346 setting visibility options for 171 upgrades and 36 Dial another call prompt 74 Dial button 65 362 Dial Extra Digits Automatically option 80 Dial Number dialog box 65 Dial Pad 62 71 87 Dial Pad button 71 80 Dial Preferences command 92 Dial Preferences dialog box 92 dial tones 93 dialing 62 65 80 92 dialog boxes 48 325 330 dial up networking 173 175 320 330 dial up networking icon 98 dial up networking modems 173 digital movies 105 digital pictures 105 Direct Push operations 124 138 216 314 316 directory assistance 327 Disable cascading style sheets option 164 Disable Cookies check box 163 Disable JavaScript check box 163 Discov
77. 236 237 Sprint 411 327 Sprint Connection Manager 110 Sprint Connection Manager icon 110 Sprint Customer Service 32 326 Sprint Email icon 116 117 120 Sprint Instant Messaging 105 152 154 Sprint Mobile Broadband Network 97 109 111 331 Sprint Mobile Email 105 115 Sprint Music Manager 195 196 201 Sprint National Network 61 95 105 111 380 Sprint Operator Services 327 Sprint PCS Network 96 Sprint Picture Mail See Picture Mail Sprint Power Vision 95 104 318 331 Sprint Power Vision accounts See accounts Sprint Power Vision data services 155 Sprint Power Vision home page 104 Sprint Power Vision services 104 105 106 Sprint Power Vision sessions 296 Sprint Premium Services 32 Sprint status message 97 Sprint TV 105 210 211 332 Sprint Web site 326 Start With pick list 163 starting Sprint Power Vision sessions 296 static 311 313 static electricity 346 347 statistical functions 243 status icons Inbox 128 status information 97 158 stereo adapters 195 stereo headphones 195 stereo headsets See headsets stock ticker 109 storage 264 streaming 159 210 211 332 Stuffit Expander 250 stylus 20 46 47 290 sub account passwords 32 support Palm 326 support Sprint 32 323 Swap button 75 symbols 53 54 146 Index sync button 39 41 278 sync cable 20 23 39 41 sync connector 20 sync operations troubleshooting 303 309 314 316 synchronization defaults 40 synchronization se
78. 251 252 running 321 searching 248 selecting 58 sending over Bluetooth connections 254 setting default 279 synchronizing information in 40 258 transferring to device 35 updating information in 40 Index viewing private entries in 287 viewing tips for 325 Applications button 18 57 58 Applications view 57 58 277 329 appointments 220 308 See also calendar events Archive folder 252 area codes 92 area conversions calculator 243 arrow icons documentation 46 Attach from device option 145 Attach from Online option 145 Attach Signature check box 138 attachment formats 132 236 attachments displaying 124 132 downloading automatically 137 downloading large 132 removing 130 saving 132 sending voice memos as 131 sending with email 130 131 storing large 322 troubleshooting 315 Attachments dialog box 130 131 attendee information 226 audio captions 182 186 187 audio files 201 See also music music files Audio folder 202 203 audio player See Pocket Tunes audio quality 313 Auto answer pick list 86 355 Auto Lock Device option 286 Auto naming pick list 185 Auto Sync command 135 Auto Sync dialog box 135 Auto Sync operations 135 136 314 316 Auto complete check box 163 Auto Keyguard pick list 283 automated invoicing information 327 Automatically set pick list 222 Auto off after pick list 281 auto off interval 281 329 B Background check box 227 background images 227 background music 187 206 backing up
79. 3 194 recording 145 182 185 removing from albums 189 192 sending 130 144 145 184 186 383 storing 183 188 streaming 210 211 synchronizing 40 video file types 158 video formats 194 video icon 210 video recording screen 184 Video Settings screen 185 View By pick list 277 viewing alerts 98 99 100 150 alternate characters 54 applications 276 277 attachments 124 132 calendar 220 connection status 97 contact information 64 218 device names 330 email messages 128 error messages 324 events 87 99 228 favorite buttons 64 79 87 HotSync Log 306 images 156 320 instant messages 153 items in pick lists 50 menu items 49 numeric pages 69 phone numbers 64 65 pictures 186 192 193 194 private entries 287 tasks 227 231 232 text messages 148 384 unread messages 227 video clips 184 187 193 194 Web pages 156 160 161 166 168 virtual private networks 289 Visibility pick list 171 254 Vision See Sprint Power Vision Vista computers 325 voice captions 182 186 187 Voice Memo application 238 239 Voice Memo icon 239 Voice Memo list 239 voice memos 131 144 238 239 voicemail accessing 31 68 69 checking status of 98 entering passwords for 31 68 69 getting help with 326 getting number for 68 listening to 68 retrieving 69 sending calls to 31 67 74 viewing numeric pages for 69 voicemail accounts 31 32 68 Voicemail Alert pick list 89 Voicemail favorite button 31 68 80 Voicemail
80. 4 to open the Find dialog box Matches for birthday 2 Enter the text you want to find Y Yeorty 3 Select OK to start the search Kardinad Veri Ashok s birthday Yearly 4 In the search results select the text you want to review or Select Debasmita s birthday Yearly e Dylan s birthday Yeorly Find More to continue the search Yukari s birthday Yearly Installing Applications Your Palm Centro smart device comes with several built in and ready to use applications You can also install free bonus software applications such as business software games and more You can install the bonus software wirelessly using the My Centro application on your device or by downloading the bonus software from palm com us support centro centro_sprint to your computer and then synchronize to install it on your device You can also use the Web browser on your device or your computer to purchase and install other third party Palm OS by ACCESS applications To learn about applications you can purchase for your device go to palm com us support centro centro_sprint The instructions in this section tell you how to install basic PRC Palm OS application and PDB Palm OS database files on your Centro device Some Palm OS software uses an 248 Section 6A Managing Files and Applications installer or wizard to guide you through the process For details consult the documentation that came with the software Insta
81. 59 205 211 playback pausing 205 239 playing music 195 207 streamed content 159 210 211 video clips 184 193 voice captions 186 voice memos 239 voicemail messages 68 playlists 206 207 Pocket Tunes 187 195 201 205 375 PocketMirror 222 POP servers 115 ports 19 38 power adapter 24 power charger 24 power consumption 25 26 Power Preferences screen 281 power settings 281 Power Vision See Sprint Power Vision Power End button 67 72 Powering off screen 61 PowerPoint files 131 132 236 237 PowerPoint presentations See PowerPoint files preferences See customizing Premium Services 32 Preparing Vision Services dialog box 104 preset buttons 78 preset delays 286 primary application 57 278 printing service 151 priority settings email 122 130 tasks 230 text messages 143 privacy flag 230 Privacy Mode check box 149 privacy settings 282 private entries 217 230 286 287 processor 350 programmable buttons 78 Prompt sound pick list 185 protecting information 32 255 282 285 286 376 proxy servers 164 PSAPs public safety answering points 95 pTunes icon 202 public safety answering points 95 punctuation 53 purchasing batteries 22 Purge command 147 226 232 Purge pick list 147 purging See deleting push operations 124 138 216 314 316 Q quarantined files 35 36 294 quick buttons 57 60 278 Quick Keys 78 80 Quick Tour 325 QuickText icon 145 QuickText phrases 145 153 R radio 350 radi
82. 6 797 5 506 865 5 544 196 5 657 420 5 101 501 5 267 261 5 414 796 5 504 773 5 535 239 5 600 754 5 778 338 5 228 054 5 337 338 5 710 784 5 056 109 5 568 483 5 659 569 5 490 165 5 511 073 User s Guide template version 5B October 2005 348 Section 8A Important Safety Information Section 8B Specifications In This Section Specifications on page 350 Section 8B Specifications 349 Specifications Radio CDMA 1900 800 MHz digital dual band EVDO and 1xRTT Phone features Personal speakerphone Hands free headset jack 2 5mm 3 barrel connector Microphone mute option TTY TDD compatibility 3 way calling Processor technology Intel XScale processor 312MHz Expansion microSD card slot Battery Rechargeable lithium ion Removable for replacement 3 5 hours full charge time Palm OS by ACCESS Palm OS 5 4 9 version Camera Still image capture resolution 1280 x 1024 1 3 megapixel 2x digital zoom Video capture resolution 852 x 288 Automatic light balance Size weight 4 22 x 211 x 0 73 107 2 mm x 53 5 mm x 18 6 mm 4 2 ounces 118 grams 350 Section 8B Specifications Connectivity Bluetooth wireless technology 1 2 compliant IR Display Touch sensitive LCD screen includes stylus 65 536 colors 16 bit color User adjustable brightness Keyboard Built in QWERTY keyboard plus 5 way navigator Backlight for low lighting conditions Included
83. 6 Volume You can also use the 5 way to navigate among songs pause and resume playback and adjust the volume during playback Section 4B Listening to Music 205 Pocket Tunes Deluxe continues playing until it reaches the end of your list or until you select Pause Music continues to play even if you switch to another application or turn off your screen If you want to stop playing music when you exit Pocket Tunes open the Background Prefs menu uncheck the Enable Background Playback box and then select OK For complete instructions for using Pocket Tunes Deluxe with your Centro device visit pocket tunes com If you don t hear anything when you play a song make sure the Ringer switch is set to Sound On See Silencing Sounds on page 272 for more information Creating a Playlist Name Harp If you want to play a group of songs in a particular order you can Sepad create a playlist Follow The Dream 1 Press Applications and select pTunes B 2 Press Menu H j Add Song Remove Up Down 3 Select Actions and then select Manage Playlists hk 4 Select New and then enter a name for the playlist 5 Select Add Song Select the songs you want to include on the playlist 6 Select Save List 206 To play songs from a playlist open Pocket Tunes Deluxe select Choose Songs and then select Playlists Select the playlist you want to play and then select OK Sec
84. 67 Viewing Expansion Card Information The Card Info application displays general information about the expansion card that is currently in the expansion card slot and it Eas tin enables you to rename and format a card Size 94 1 MB Free of 119 8 M8 e Press Applications 4 and select Card Info amp meso Renaming an Expansion Card M heme 70S2KS 25 6 MB Used If you change the contents of an expansion card you may at some 94 1 MB Free of 119 8 MB point want to rename the card to better match its contents 1 Make sure the card is not write protected For details see the instructions that came with your card 2 Insert the expansion card into the expansion card slot Applications view automatically appears Select the category pick list at the top of the screen and then select All Select Card Info amp Press Menu Select Rename Card on the Card menu Enter a new name for the card Select Rename SNOT A amp 268 Section 6A Managing Files and Applications Formatting an Expansion Card Formatting an expansion card is similar to formatting a disk on a computer When you format an expansion card you erase all the information stored on the card and return it to a blank state 1 NO GQ AW ND Make sure the card is not write protected For details see the instructions that came with your card Insert the card into the expansion card slot Applications view automat
85. AN a A d ia 196 Transferring Music Files From Your Computer Windows 0 0 0c cece eee ence eee e ees 201 Transferring Music From a CD to Your Device 6 ene e tent n ene eas 204 Listening to Music on Your Palm Centro Smart Device s ccc cece rreren 205 4G WatChing TV nesip saio Loca bags ep eibe at bio dahensss HERDER EEEE pu 209 Accessing Streamed Medial zasaini a ri aan nats ia diane hea SET etd as 210 Viewing Streamed Media sesse siis aragtinoessetaetuna crete ese and Maal aaa Samar a ataa 211 Section 5 Your Mobile Organizer 1 0 0 0c ccc cece ccc n cece nee entenensnnennens 213 5A Using Your Device s Organizer Features 2 c ccc ccc nce nnn nee neennnenes 215 Contaci ye see end Sey RAE etek ah ee ieee E ahs he IN os an dees need eRe AHS teed Ady Soe TS 216 Calendar Seure a aa NE ies deiteid eee Duala th ead aides Sadat dua hahaa sleyies LSR 220 MASKS t E ethers ape Gang go a desley A ke owe aval Meant oustincv AOAN nage Sine A enemas 229 MEMOS eras a n is ex EO AA EA eres eaa E A N EAA a AE EE EE ENTA a ae 233 5B Increasing Your Productivity 0 0c cece teenies 235 Using the Documents Application to Work With Your Office Files 0 0 0 cece cece e eee 236 VOICE MEMO ieee ares arta Soa itt aoa s Paces bend ies Mantes ghee anbee igrar resales ard oem Nee eee ke a Pear gaNt 238 World Clock persa Fie tbewee gates ated clay oe aves ai ey Reed eee oe BONERS ate ete dade 240 Calculator aii n
86. Centro device you may have turned the auto answer feature on in Handsfree Preferences For information see Customizing Advanced Settings for Your Hands Free Device on page 86 Hands Free Devices I Can t Make or Receive Calls Using a Bluetooth Hands Free Device Confirm all of the following e The device with Bluetooth wireless technology is compatible with your Centro device Go to palm com us support centro centro_sprint for a list of compatible devices e Press Applications and select Bluetooth a gt Make sure the Bluetooth setting is turned on in the Bluetooth application e You have already formed a partnership between your Centro device and your hands free device and the hands free device appears in the Trusted Devices list see Connecting to a Bluetooth Hands Free Device on page 83 e Your hands free device is charged and turned on 312 Section 7A Help e Your Centro device is within range of the hands free device Bluetooth range is up to 10 meters in optimum environmental conditions Performance and range can be affected by physical obstacles radio interference from nearby electronic equipment and other factors l Hear Static or Interference When Using My Hands Free Device e Try moving your Centro device closer to the hands free device Audio quality degrades as the distance between your Centro device and hands free device increases The effective range for a hands free
87. Device s Organizer Features Repeat indicates how many times the alarm repeats itself if it is not acknowledged Default Alarm sets the default number of minutes hours or days before an event that the alarm goes off 7 Select Done You can also preview delete and send sounds that you use as alarms From the Sounds amp Alerts Preferences screen select Manage To play a sound select it and press Center on the 5 way To delete a sound select it and press Backspace and to send a sound select it and then select Send Tasks You can use the Tasks application to keep track of tasks you need to complete and to keep a record of completed tasks Adding a Task A x O 1 Renew passport 2 12 1 Press Applications and select Tasks O 1 Pik up dry deanna 2 13 2 Select New to create a new task it e pone 3 Enter a description of the task The text can be longer than one line Setting Task Priority Due Date and Other Details E The Details dialog box enables you to assign a priority level due date category privacy flag and note to each task 1 Select the task to which you want to assign details 2 Select Details Section 5A Using Your Device s Organizer Features 229 3 Set any of the following Priority sets the Priority number for this task 1 is the most important You can arrange your tasks based on the importance of each task Category assigns t
88. E E EE ata as sees Dede eter steels Trouble Upgrading Resetting Your Palm Centro Smart Device Replacing the Battery TROUBIESHOOUNG siers reaa e ai dt aah PN ad aa nv OAE T HEEE we EA Canada sealant Making Room on Your Palm Centro Smart Device Third Party Applications Errors Where to Learn More 7B GIOSSAIV be oslo eed cg cke hth be ad Seba E E Cee a adede ES nee Section 8 Safety and Specifications 0 ccc ccc c cence nee n ete nannan 8A Important Safety Information a a nn ccc ccc cnet ence enn enntennteaes 335 ECC NOCE Areia ean eesitaaheditat iva whieh ba ENE O eae ste th ote sea oe det eaten 336 Generali Precautions sicr deride dagen Wht E eG pee ae ee Ea tee et ae ae 337 Maintaining Safe Use of and Access to Your Device 0 cece cece etn tenn eee eens 337 Using Your Phone With a Hearing Aid Device 0 0 c ccc eene ee nnn 340 Caringiforthe Battery 260 daane Ta ren PRs aes oe E A E tee vee rane se Reade ea aad 342 Radiofrequency RF Energy oda dices de wit a eewea a ol peld weed dada hewn eeu eh eee pd evansenes 344 Bluetooth Qualification Program 2 6 eee cece eet eet e tebe tenet e tent ene es 346 Static Electricity ESD and Your Device 2 0 cece cence nee nee e rnnr rnrn nnne 346 Owner s Record User s Guide Proprietary Notice 0 00 c cece cen n tenn nee ene e eee eteeteanes 348 8B Sp cification S sssr nea n EE Pk oe ee WE AHL A ERLE ba eee eres 349 SPEC
89. IIGALONS reru a a nE E EE ee Ses tals sal eG ies wa Nee ONE SO Gl 350 Introduction We know you re eager to start using your device right away and the sections of this guide are designed to help you do just that Section 1 Setting Up Your Smart Device and Your Computer guides you through the process of setting up your new Palm Centro Smart Device your Sprint service and your computer Section 2 Getting to Know Your Palm Centro Smart Device shows you the basics of your device and service with quick easy to follow instructions This section also describes the features of your device s phone and shows you how to use Sprint service features such as voicemail call waiting and call forwarding Section 3 Using Sprint Power Vision and Other Wireless Connections shows you how to use Sprint Power Vision features including Web browsing messaging and email It also describes other types of wireless connections such as Bluetooth wireless technology Section 4 Your Portable Media Device shows you how to use your device s camera including how to use the Sprint Picture Mail application and how to transfer and listen to music files on your device Section 5 Your Mobile Organizer guides you through the process of using the built in full featured Palm OS by ACCESS organizer which gives you instant access to your Contacts Calendar Tasks Memos Calculator and more 11 12 e Section 6 Managing Your Info
90. OP or 143 for IMAP Use SSL Check the box if the incoming mail server uses Secure Socket Layers SSL 5 Enter the information required by the outgoing mail server and select Next Outgoing Mail Server Enter the complete name of the outgoing mail server for your email provider For example smtp mail company com Port Specifies the port number for the outgoing mail server Use SSL Check the box if the outgoing mail server uses Secure Socket Layers SSL Require Authentication Check the box if your email provider requires authentication for outgoing email 6 Review the Account Summary and then select Next Select Back to return to a previous screen and change the configuration 7 Select Register to initialize the service on your Centro device When a connection is established Sprint Mobile Email retrieves your messages and displays them in the Inbox Section 3B Using Email 119 Working With Your Sprint Mobile Email Accounts Once your email accounts are configured you can send receive and organize email messages from the inbox of each email account 1 Press Applications and then select Sprint Mobile Email 2 Select an email account to open the Inbox for that account Yahoo Inbox 2 new since 225 pm 7 26 07 Contact Finder File Finder Account Manager Add modify or delete services Sim ota 3 Do one of the following LOL Yahoo Inbox 19
91. P enabling 315 EVDO technology 329 event conflicts 99 227 event icon 99 events See also calendar adding 221 223 224 assigning time zones to 222 changing 226 color coding 225 227 creating notes for 226 creating repeating 224 creating untimed 224 deleting 226 displaying 87 99 228 rescheduling 226 scheduling 222 224 setting alarms for 223 synchronizing 40 138 222 308 309 transferring to smart device 35 viewing duration of 227 Index Excel files 131 132 236 237 Exchange ActiveSync 135 138 216 220 316 Exchange servers 124 138 expansion card slot 19 350 expansion cards accessing items on 266 beaming application from 257 copying applications to 267 deleting applications on 251 downloading to 158 formatting 268 269 inserting 265 managing files on 236 naming 268 opening applications on 266 removing 265 storing information on 264 321 storing pictures and videos on 181 188 189 transferring music to 195 202 203 viewing information about 268 extensions phone 71 80 92 Extra Digits button 71 Extra Digits option 80 F Facebook for Palm 165 fade setting 227 Fast mode box 164 favorite buttons creating 78 81 defined 330 Index deleting 81 dialing with 79 displaying 64 79 87 transferring to device 79 Favorites pages 79 81 features 49 105 feedback 310 files accessing 289 attaching to email 131 downloading 137 158 249 installing quarantined 36 managing 236 237 opening 237 saving 237
92. Page icon 162 bookmarks 160 161 162 256 Bookmarks icon 162 Bookmarks view 162 border glow highlight 48 brightness 26 273 281 302 broadband connections 97 111 329 331 browser See Web browser built in applications 248 251 built in camera See camera built in security software 282 business cards 219 257 buttons accessing command 48 accidentally pressing 71 assigning Quick Keys to 78 80 changing favorite 80 creating favorite 78 81 disabling onscreen 284 opening applications and 57 reassigning 278 receiving text messages and 146 restoring default settings for 278 selecting 47 48 Buttons Preferences screen 278 Index Cc cache 164 322 Calc icon 242 calculator 242 243 Calculator application 242 calendar See also Calendar application adding alerts to 223 228 adding background pictures to 227 adding events to 221 223 224 color coding 225 227 customizing 227 228 displaying 220 moving through 221 redefining time intervals for 224 rescheduling events on 226 selecting views for 220 227 setting first day of week for 275 setting time zones for 222 synchronizing 40 138 222 308 309 transferring to smart device 35 viewing events on 87 99 Calendar application changing screen fonts for 274 managing events with 220 226 opening 58 setting display options in 227 setting sound preferences from 228 updating information in 40 138 Calendar button 18 220 Call forward pick list 76 call forwarding 76 77 93 c
93. Pics amp Videos Install the Palm Files application to easily browse and manage files on an expansion card Press Applications select My Centro select the Bonus tab and then select Files 266 Section 6A Managing Files and Applications Copying Applications Between an Expansion Card and Your Device You can copy applications between your Centro device and your expansion card Before you copy an application to an expansion card make sure that it is compatible with Palm OS software version 5 4 5 or later Some applications do not work with expansion cards and do not allow you to store files in a location that is separate from the application 1 Make sure the card is not write protected For details see the instructions that came with your card 2 Press Applications 3 Press Menu 4 Select Copy on the App menu 5 Select the Copy To pick list and select the destination lt card cick at name gt or Phone qe 6 Select the From pick list and select the location of the AddressCeuneriesDB 1K application you want to copy lt card name gt or Phone rda pA ik 7 Highlight the application you want to copy Blazer Cookies gt Ky 8 Select Copy You can install an application directly to an expansion card instead of copying it from your device s main memory See Installing Applications on page 248 for details Section 6A Managing Files and Applications 2
94. Place a finger in the notch next to the battery and lift the battery to remove it from the compartment 298 Section 7A Help 4 Align the battery contacts with the device contacts 1 Battery Contacts 2 Device Contacts 5 Insert the new battery into the compartment and press it into place Slide the battery door onto the back of the device until it clicks into place Section 7A Help 299 6 If the device does not turn on connect your device to the charger or sync cable 7 Wait for your device to turn on and then enable the network time or set the date and time when prompted Be sure to dispose of your old battery properly In some areas disposal in household or business trash is prohibited Use only Sprint approved or Palm approved batteries and chargers with your phone The failure to use a Sprint approved or Palm approved battery and charger may increase the risk that your phone will overheat catch fire or explode resulting in serious bodily injury death or property damage Do not handle a damaged or leaking Li ion battery or you risk being burned Your Centro smart device may not run when attempting to use a battery that is not Palm approved 300 Section 7A Help Troubleshooting Desktop Software Installation If you are having trouble installing the desktop software you may have the wrong version of the software or some of your computer s resources may be unavailable Fol
95. See also VersaMail 134 Manage Playlists command 206 Manage Sound list 132 MAPI servers 124 maps 109 218 248 320 326 Mask Records option 286 287 mathematical constants 243 mathematical functions 242 Maximum message size option 137 MDTV Mobile Digital TV 105 MDTV See Mobile Digital TV media features 26 media files 158 202 Media icon 145 Media Player 195 media players 26 Media type not supported message 159 memory 164 226 251 321 memory slots calculator 243 memos 35 40 233 See also voice memos Memos application 40 233 274 Memos icon 233 Menu button 18 menu items 49 Menu key 49 52 menu shortcuts 49 menus 49 Message favorite button 80 369 Message Format pick list 137 message icon voicemail 69 Message Tone pick list 150 messages See also email multimedia messages text messages accessing online services for 151 adding emoticons to 145 adding predefined phrases to 145 153 adding Web links to 147 automatically addressing 80 automatically downloading 135 character limits for 142 checking status of 98 99 227 color coding 150 copying to multiple recipients 129 disappearing 316 drafting 122 130 entering invalid characters in 146 playing voicemail 68 removing groups of 134 resending 130 selecting formats for 137 setting alerts for 136 setting maximum size for 137 sorting 128 147 viewing truncated 128 Messaging application 58 142 146 149 Messaging button 18 Messaging icon
96. Service With On Demand Using Your Device s Phone as a Modem 0 0 c cece tee teen eee eens OB USING Emails rris errea anran os stadia ase PEER OE alta sees we mada 113 What Email Applications Can Use on My Smart Device 2 0 0 2 0 cece cee cence eee ees 114 Using Sprint Mobile Email 115 The VersaMail Application 124 SC MOSSAQING a ose Pee kaha 2s E dae ees Sie hea oi eee anemia ated 141 Creating and Sending Messages 20 e cece cece eet eet et ene e eden tet e nent eas 142 Receiving Messages 6 xc kx ted cows eis VoR re MaDe ANE EG dy ales eee ea KRAUS AMEE TR 146 Using Messaging to Chati sex ccddokieeseuna kee Rid aves ea tates a a a ad ea doe daai 148 Managing Your Messages catia hed Ws oy do a tanea See ee te oeheelnns ca oed era nucues 148 Customizing Your Messaging Settings 0 ccc cece ene ee nee e eee eee eee ee nes 149 Using Online SOrnices airaa oaa e Oy hea ght Mtv Seba eke Mee Ee ded Cale 151 Using Sprint Instant Messaging sisaren mie ib adecinls d dake E A ae enki CREA 152 3D Browsing the Webs veces ve SS PE OER es BE 155 Viewing a WebPages m gosean coat evne ch tae arated Ne eta e seo Re Mee Eee a Red 156 Workma MAIN Web Pagese taena nd gine Gus ak ialk ome ea mae wade eee au aed A 158 Working With Bookmarks and Saved Pages 6c cece cence cece eee e tent n een ee eens 161 Customizing Your Web Browser Settings 0 0 c eee eee teen een e eee nent nee 163 BE Fac
97. Sprint ahead Sprint Service Palm Centro Smart Device www sprintcom 2008 Sprint Sprint and the logo are trademarks of Sprint Other marks are the property of their respective owners PN 406 11465 00 v 2 0 Intellectual Property Notices 2007 2008 Palm Inc All rights reserved Blazer HotSync Palm Palm Desktop Palm OS Centro Treo VersaMail and the Palm and Treo logo are among the trademarks or registered trademarks owned by or licensed to Palm Inc Documents To Go is a trademark or registered trademark of DataViz Inc Microsoft Excel PowerPoint Outlook and ActiveSync are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and or other countries All other brand and product names are or may be trademarks of and are used to identify products or services of their respective owners This product is protected by one or more of the following United States patents 6 976 226 6 975 304 6 965 375 6 961 567 6 961 029 6 957 397 6 952 571 6 950 988 6 947 975 6 947 017 6 943 667 6 940 490 6 924 752 6 907 233 6 906 701 6 906 741 6 901 276 6 850 780 6 845 408 6 842 628 6 842 335 6 831 662 6 819 552 6 804 699 6 795 710 6 788 285 6 781 824 6 781 575 6 766 490 6 745 047 6 744 451 6 738 852 6 732 105 6 724 720 6 721 892 6 712 638 6 708 280 6 697 639 6 687 839 6 685 328 6 665 803 6 618 044 6 590 588 6 539 476 6 532 148 6 523 124 6 519 141 6 516
98. Tasks list select one of these options 4 All displays all your tasks Date displays tasks that are due in a specific time frame You can Mew Cetais select Due Today Last 7 Days Next 7 Days or Past Due Category displays tasks that are assigned to the selected category Select the Category pick list to select a different category Tp Overdue tasks have an exclamation point next to the due date CO M date category Tasks Ml MEUM o Category amp 2 Send CD to Sally 2 11 Due Today 3 Business amp 1 Renew passport 2711 R 2 Send CD to PREM R 2 Send CD to Salll Personal O 1 Pick up dry cleaning 2 13 1 Renew pass Next 7 Days 2 R 1 Renew passpor El O 1 Reserve rental car 2 14 1 Distribute r Past Due 0 O 1 Pick up dry cle Edit Categories CMP Distribute meetingnotes 2 11 1 Reserve rental car 2 14 o O 2 Buy tennis balls amp 1 Distribute meetingnotes 2 11 O 2 Buy tennis balls Category ew Cetaits ew Gerais Section 5A Using Your Device s Organizer Features 231 Deleting a Task 1 Select the task you want to delete 2 Press Menu 3 Select Delete Task on the Record menu 4 Select OK To save memory you can purge all completed tasks Open the Record menu select Purge and then select OK Customizing Tasks The Tasks Preferences screen enables you to control the appearance of the Tasks list screen 1 Inthe Tasks list sc
99. World Clock 240 Index accessories 290 account invoices 327 Account Setup command 126 account username and passwords 32 accounts accessing 32 326 customizing email 134 downloading from corporate 316 setting up email 124 127 setting up Picture Mail 144 setting up Sprint service 27 32 setting up voicemail 31 68 signing on to Instant Messaging 152 Accounts command 126 134 Accounts Setup dialog box 126 127 Acrobat files See PDF files Active Call view 70 74 ActiveSync See Exchange ActiveSync Add Bookmark command 161 Add Call button 71 74 Add Contact command 73 Add Favorite dialog box 79 Add New Number dialog box 73 Add New Number prompt 73 Add Song button 206 Add to a Contact button 73 Add to trusted device list check box 173 adding accessories 290 353 background pictures 227 Bluetooth devices 172 bookmarks 160 161 162 caller ID pictures 217 caller ID ringtones 90 217 cities to World Clock 240 contacts 73 216 emoticons 145 events 221 223 224 memos 233 partnerships 84 170 173 174 passwords 32 phone numbers 73 76 QuickText phrases 145 153 signatures 138 songs to playlists 206 207 tasks 229 voice captions 182 addresses adding automatically 80 entering 122 129 142 144 153 selecting 147 sending to multiple recipients and 122 129 145 adjusting volume See volume Advanced Mode calculator 242 243 After deleting a message pick list 133 Agenda view 220 227 alarm clock 241 Alarm Sound pick lis
100. a network connection icon in the taskbar at the bottom of your computer screen To check the status of the connection right click the Bluetooth network icon When a Bluetooth DUN connection is active you cannot form a partnership with another device or discover another device You also cannot send or receive information wirelessly directly from your device browse the Web or send or receive email messages and any scheduled automatic email retrievals do not take place Incoming calls are automatically sent to voicemail You can make outgoing calls but the DUN session terminates when you place the call Terminating a Bluetooth DUN Internet Session e On your computer right click the icon or option representing your device and then click Disconnect 176 Section 3G Using Bluetooth Wireless Technology and Dial Up Networking Section 4 Your Portable Media Device Sprint ahead 178 Section 4A Working With Your Pictures and Videos In This Section Taking Pictures and Videos Recording a Video Customizing Your Camera Settings Viewing Pictures and Videos Organizing Pictures and Videos Using Your Online Album Miewing Pictures and Videos on Your Computer Section 4A Working With Your Pictures and Videos 179 Taking Pictures and Videos Your Palm Centro smart device comes with an easy to use built in 1 3 megapixel camera with 2x digital zoom You can use th
101. ack to return to the previous screen and change your search options Managing the Files in Your Library 1 Launch the Sprint Music Manager application and click the Manage tab All music imported into the Music Manager application is analyzed to register its file format and file properties such as size artist information genre album art and album information 2 Click any category within the left pane to see how Music Manager has begun organizing your files Some of these categories include Songs displays a complete list of all music files which have been added to the Music Manager database Section 4B Listening to Music Artists lists songs grouped alphabetically by artist If an imported song s file properties do not contain artist information it will be grouped into a generic Artist category Albums lists songs alphabetically by album Genre lists songs alphabetically by genre My Playlists generates a list of playlists detected on your computer You can add or remove songs from the playlists at any time Music Store Downloads provides a list of songs which have been purchased from the Sprint Music Store 3 Manage your playlists using the icons at the bottom of the playlist column Click Rename playlist amp to rename the selected playlist Click Create playlist G to create a new playlist Click Delete playlist amp to delete the selected playlist 4 To reorder songs in a playlis
102. act s Address 1 Make sure your phone is turned on and that you are inside a coverage area see Turning Your Device s Phone On and Off on page 61 2 Inthe Contacts list begin entering one of the following for the contact you want to view directions for First name JOH for John Last name SMI for Smith s First initial and last name JSM for John Smith 3 Select the name of the entry you want Select Map and wait for Google Maps to locate matching items 5 Select To or From depending on whether you want directions to or from the contact s address A 218 Section 5A Using Your Device s Organizer Features Do one of the following and then select OK In the From location field enter or select your starting location In the To location field enter or select your destination When the route summary appears select OK to view the first step in the directions Tap the forward and back jj buttons at the bottom of the screen to view the next or previous step in the directions Deleting a Contact 1 2 3 4 Open the contact you want to delete Press Menu gt Select Delete Contact on the Record menu Select OK Defining Your Business Card 1 2 3 4 Section 5A Using Your Device s Organizer Features Create a new contact with your own business card information Open the contact entry containing your business information Press Menu Select Select Business Card on the Record
103. active playlist Click Repeat to repeat playback of the entire list of songs in the playlist Click Play Pause to play or pause the current song Click Rewind to play the previous song in the playlist Click Forward to play the next song in the playlist Use the Volume slider to adjust the song s volume level Searching for Music Files on Your Computer 1 Launch the Sprint Music Manager application and click the Manage tab 2 Click Add Music bottom right of the window to launch the Add Music Wizard Section 4B Listening to Music 199 Select a Search Type Quick Search looks for any new music files that have not already been added to the Sprint Music Manager Full Search scans all hard drives and storage devices connected to your computer This search for all music files is recommended during the initial setup of the Music Manager application Custom Search performs a search for music files within a specified folder Place a check next to the music file format s you wish to search for MP3 WMA MP4 and WAV Any compatible WMA files without DRM Digital Rights Management restrictions will be detected by Sprint Music Manager and converted to an AAC format prior to being uploaded to your device Click Search to begin the search A list of all matching music files found on your computer is displayed Click Finish to add the files to Music Manager and return to the Manage tab Click B
104. ae oe Khoa AO setae Se ad Oe E 242 Section 6 Managing Your Information and Settings 0 cccccecencenenenes 245 6A Managing Files and Applications 2 0 ccc ccc c cece neee 247 USING ING EEE Ga e e beeeee ETE E Fade wea Ra argin Peden 2 RES AEE 248 installing Applications rassar era vidvesietal deel desdmues bed ab AEA ANAA AT AAA A a AA de ia oy 248 REMOVING ADDICAIONG ss sisia aden ete gate eve iE ay etal Sew Roi sido D a EEA Poe EDDA aN 251 Viewing Application Intonation 212 p peruni en iw a a peer ddck EE E E E EERE AEDE deep 253 Sending Information Using Bluetooth Wireless Technology 0 c0ccce cece cece eee ee eens 253 Beaming IMormatoN s zsaru sanaa seas kus N ane LO hohe aera DEEE ns AEE Mond eae es 255 Synchronizing Information Advanced 6 6 ccc n een e eee e eee e eee n tenes 258 Usma Expansion Cards stash hace oats we acre rE E AAE EA ETE E UN manna EE GENE A E 264 6B Customizing Your Device 0 ccc ence tenn tennant eentennntaes 271 SEUNG SVSISM SOUS acta tae EEE pea oN E TEE ES OEA 272 Adjusting the Display and Appearance 0 cece ened eens 273 Changing the Applications Settings Customizing Device Buttons Setting the Date and Time Optimizing Power Settings Locking Your Device and Information Using Connection Settings Purchasing Accessories for Your Device Sections RCSOUICES ds eaei hag ad a ak canteen claw sles LAS OID N ie E EE ala ela aia wee y ete E
105. afety SAR values at or below the federal standard of 1 6 W kg are considered safe for use by the public The highest reported FCC SAR values of the Centro smart device by Palm are Maximum SAR Values CDMA Cellular CDMA PCS Head 1 09 W 1Kg 1 35 W 1Kg Body 0 817 W 1Kg 0 423 W 1Kg Section 8A Important Safety Information 345 FCC Radiofrequency Emission This phone meets the FCC Radiofrequency Emission Guidelines and is certified with the FCC as FCC ID O8F 747 IC ID 3905A 747 More information on the phone s SAR can be found from the following FCC Web site httos gullfoss2 fcc gov prod oet ct eas reports GenericSearch cfm Bluetooth Qualification Program Information about this listing can be found at httos orograms bluetooth org tog listings cfm Bluetooth QD ID B013348 Static Electricity ESD and Your Device Electrostatic discharge ESD can cause damage to electronic devices if discharged into the device so you should take steps to avoid such an occurrence Description of ESD Static electricity is an electrical charge caused by the buildup of excess electrons on the surface of a material To most people static electricity and ESD are nothing more than annoyances For example after walking over a carpet while scuffing your feet building up electrons on your body you may get a shock the discharge event when you touch a metal doorknob This little shock discharges
106. age and reply to it sl app S To continue an existing chat select a message with the ae ad maomiaten see chat QQ icon O characters 3 Enter your message 4 Select Send EO To find a chat you had with someone open your Messaging Inbox and select a chat session moo To add pictures sounds or videos to your message select Add Managing Your Messages The message descriptions in the Inbox Outbox and Sent folders show the message status e Unread messages appear in bold e Read messages appear in plain text e Urgent messages appear with a red exclamation point 148 Section 3C Messaging The following icons show the message type and additional status information BE be EP ER z A text message A Picture Mail message A voicemail page A chat session A text message wit h an error A Picture Mail message with an error Customizing Your Messaging Settings ANON A Press Messaging Press Menu Select Options and then select Preferences On the Messages tab set any of the following preferences for your individual messages New message ind cates whether you default to a text message or a Sprint Picture Mail message when you create a new message Confirm message deletions indicates whether deletion confirmation prompts appear Privacy Mode hide text indicates whether the body text appears in the alert when you receive a new message
107. ages the synchronization with your Centro device HotSync technology The technology that synchronizes your Centro device and your computer with the simple press of a button Infrared IR A way of transmitting information using light waves The IR port on your Centro device enables you to transfer information between other IR devices within a short radius Lithium ion Li ion The rechargeable battery technology used in your Centro smart device On Demand A Sprint Power Vision feature that allows you to personalize your device s data features Option key The keyboard button that enables you to access the number symbol or feature that appears above the letter on each key Palm Desktop software A PIM application for computers that helps you manage your personal information and keep it synchronized with your Centro device Palm Install Tool The component on your Windows computer that enables you to install Palm OS applications and other information on your Centro device 330 Section 7B Glossary Palm OS by ACCESS The operating system of your Centro device Palm OS is known for its simplicity of use and for the large number of compatible third party applications that can be added to your Centro device Partnership Two Bluetooth devices for example your device and a hands free device that can connect because each device finds the same passkey on the other device Once you form a partnership with a device you don
108. aie eA O Menem Gap Your New Centro Smart Device by Palm Inserting Ihe Baten sacs eiceseeeyveeepeee comedies Enr nE EE An Chargingithe Batlery a 0c dcar epa a eaa s aaa a a ae aiaa E a A A 1B Setting Up Servite ss irrerrrrisrrrnt aa E En PE EEEIEE ET TEREE RE EREI EEG Making Your First Cal iiss ccdectaracsvin a caibiectadind aids tate a a a a a otis EE E 28 Setting Up Your Voicemail ovis a iarrai peeves cee eenG Ode reed eases eee de bee beseedae Tees hes 31 Creating Sprint Account Passwords 0 ccc cece nee eee eee e i a eee ai 32 1C Synchronizing Information 000 ccc nent n nent ent nrnna 33 Why Connect My Device to My Computer 0 ccc c eee ccen tet eet e tenet tenets 34 Upgrading From Another Palm OS by ACCESS Device 06 0 ccc e eect e eee eee e eens 35 Installing the Desktop Synchronization Software 66 c nce eee ete n een en eeee 37 Connecting Your Palm Centro Smart Device to Your Computer 0 0 e cece eee eens 38 Synchronizing Information Ihe Basies oc 0ka keener eed deadwire dee diead Masa teceree craton 39 Section 2 Getting to Know Your Palm Centro Smart Device 0000000e 43 2A Moving Around on Your Smart Device 000 c cece n een ee rnnr rnnr 45 Moving Around the Device Screen 1 cece cece nee eee ten ene bene enetnenae 46 USING ME Keyboard wane kvias dasa eeek ADORE Ke Da ee SEARS ES Rae Re RK HR ST AN EAEN 51 Opening Applications aria sic eccr
109. all forwarding icon 98 357 call lists See Call Log Call Log 65 73 Call Log button Redial list 65 Call Log favorite button 65 80 call waiting 74 Call Waiting dialog box 74 caller ID pictures 91 caller ID ringtones 90 217 239 calling cards 327 calling Sprint Customer Service 32 calls See phone calls call waiting alerts 67 camcorder 145 Camcorder application 182 185 189 Camcorder icon 182 camera adjusting zoom setting for 181 customizing settings for 185 maximizing battery life and 26 taking pictures with 145 180 182 321 Camera application 181 185 189 Camera icon 181 camera lens 19 camera specifications 350 Cancel button Active Call 71 Cancel Spkr button 70 Caps Lock 53 car kits 84 Card Info application 268 Card Info button 268 card readers 203 358 categorizing applications 277 contacts 91 events 225 memos 233 tasks 230 231 Category command 276 Category pick list 227 277 Cc option email 129 CDs 204 Change Lock Code option 285 changing bookmarks 162 color schemes 276 contact information 218 default settings 271 device names 83 events 226 favorite buttons 80 owner information 288 passwords 32 playlists 207 screen fonts 274 channel icon 210 channel list 210 character searches 64 characters creating memos and 233 creating passkeys and 84 displaying alternate 54 displaying hexadecimal 243 entering 53 54 exchanging text messages and 142 Index reassigning Qu
110. amp NM Mail A Hotmail Yahoo M Gmail More choices My email account provider is not shown 2 Select the type of email account you want to configure PCS Mail Other POP or Other IMAP and select Next Select PCS Mail to configure your Sprint email account on your Centro device For more information and to set up an account visit sprintcom Select Other POP to configure a POP3 email account Ask your account administrator or email provider for the required information described in the following steps Select Other IMAP to configure an IMAP email account Ask your account administrator or email provider for the required information described in the following steps 3 Enter your user name and password and select Next PCS Mail User Name and Password Sprint Mail accounts only Enter the user name and password for your Sprint email account Email Address Enter the complete email address of your account Password Enter the password for your email account User Name POP and IMAP accounts only Enter the user name required for the incoming mail server 118 Section 3B Using Email 4 Enter the information required by the incoming mail server and select Next Incoming Mail Server Enter the complete name of the incoming mail server for your email provider for example pop mail company com Port Specifies the port number for the incoming mail server The default port is 110 for P
111. and press Left on the 5 way to return to Basic Mode Selecting Functions in Advanced Calculator Mode 1 Switch to Advanced Calculator Mode see the preceding procedure 2 Press Menu 3 Select Options and then select the function you want to use Math provides advanced mathematical functions such as exponents roots and logarithms Trig provides trigonometric functions such as sine cosine tangent and variants 242 Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity And Not Or and Xor generator values Length provides length conversions for metric and English values Finance provides financial calculator functions such as APR and amortization Logic displays hexadecimal characters on the keypad plus logic functions such as Statistics provides statistical functions such as sum factorial and random number Weight Temp provides weight and temperature conversions for metric and English Area provides area conversions for metric traditional and English values Volume provides volume conversions for metric and Press Menu Press Menu NO G A English values Select Pref and then select the decimal display format Float Fixed x Sci x or Eng x Select Pref and then select the number display format Degrees Radians or Grads To access a list of mathematical constants such as Avogadro s number or the speed of light select Con Storing and Recalling Num
112. and symbols Applications The screen on your Palm Centro smart device from which you can open all applications Auto off interval The time of inactivity that passes before the screen on your Centro device turns off The wireless features on your device are unaffected by this setting Beam To send or receive an entry or application using the infrared port on your Centro device Bluetooth wireless technology Technology that enables devices such as smart devices mobile phones and computers to connect wirelessly to each other so that they can exchange information over short distances Section 7B Glossary 329 Device name The name associated with your Centro device that distinguishes it from other Palm OS by ACCESS devices When you first synchronize your device you are asked to give it a device name This name appears in the User list in Palm Desktop software Dialog box A set of options and command buttons that is enclosed by a border and that enables you to carry out a specific task Dial up networking Wireless technology that enables you to convert your device into a wireless modem so that you can access the Internet from your computer Favorite A button that provides quick access to a phone number speed dial or commonly used application Contacts Web Messaging and so on You can define up to 70 favorite buttons in the Phone application HotSync manager The computer application that man
113. anufacturing standards Sprint is not aware of similar problems with Centro devices resulting from the proper use of batteries and accessories approved by Sprint or the manufacturer of your phone Use only Sprint or manufacturer approved batteries and accessories found at Sprint Stores or through your device s manufacturer or call 1 866 343 1114 to order They re also available at sprintcom click Accessories under the Shop amp Browse menu Buying the right batteries and accessories is the best way to ensure they re genuine and safe e In order to avoid damage charge the battery only in temperatures that range from 32 F to 113 F 0 C to 45 C 342 Section 8A Important Safety Information Battery Safety Information Don t use the battery charger in direct sunlight or in high humidity areas such as the bathroom Never dispose of the battery by incineration Keep the metal contacts on top of the battery clean Don t attempt to disassemble or short circuit the battery The battery may need recharging if it has not been used for a long period of time It s best to replace the battery when it no longer provides acceptable performance It can be recharged hundreds of times before it needs replacing Don t store the battery in high temperature areas for long periods of time It s best to follow these storage rules Less than one month 4 F to 140 F 20 C to 60 C More than one month 4 F to 113 F
114. any of the built in applications include helpful tips for getting the most out of your device To view these tips open an application press Menu select Options and then select Tips e Information Many screens have a Tips Eicon in the upper right corner Select the Tips icon to learn about the tasks you can perform in that dialog box e Setup help lf you need help with setup call 1 866 750 PALM 7256 This service is FREE within 90 days of purchase Our support staff can help you set up your device and get you up and running We can best assist you if your device is fully charged and you call from a phone other than your Centro device If You Need More Information e Windows Vista users For information on using your device and desktop software with Windows Vista visit palm com windowsvista e Books Many books on Palm OS by ACCESS devices are available in local or online book retailers look in the computers section or visit palm com us support centro centro_sprint Section 7A Help 325 e Online forums Consult online Centro device user discussion groups to swap information and learn about topics you may find nowhere else Visit palm com us support centro centro_sprint for details Online Support from Palm For up to date downloads troubleshooting and support information go to palm com us support centro centro_sprint Visiting the Sprint Web Site You can get up to date information on Sp
115. anywhere on the Sprint Mobile Broadband network You ll be able to send and receive email browse the Internet and access your company s network anywhere on the Sprint National Network To use this service you are required to sign up on a Sprint Power Vision with Phone as Modem plan Go to sprintcom or visit a Sprint Store for Phone as Modem plan details and more information Section 3A Sprint Power Vision 109 Setting Up a Data Connection With Your Computer To use your phone as a modem you first need to load the Sprint Connection Manager software on your computer and then use the sync cable to connect your device to your computer If your computer is enabled with Bluetooth wireless technology you can also use your device as a wireless modem See Using Your Device as a Wireless Modem on page 173 To set up your phone to computer data connection 1 2 110 Install the Sprint Connection Manager software and drivers located on the Palm Software Installation CD After you install the software connect your device to your computer using the sync cable When your computer detects the connection the icon appears in the taskbar in the lower right corner of your computer screen Make sure your device s phone is turned on see Turning Your Device s Phone On and Off on page 61 and that one of the Vision icons Tf or appears at the top of the screen If neither icon appears you canno
116. argacacdinaaedon ew ale wee aadan SE EEE Helge dha EEEE ee 57 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features 0000cc cece cece cnet e rnnr nannan 59 Turning Your Device Onsand Off ante avn cendeue aebaviehad eid een ade Sinan EEA pyauiee 60 Opening the Phone Application 0 ccc ccc eee ete een een ee nananana 62 MAKING Calls ctevch tances sees ecalecin netics E teas EEE E EEEIEE EENEN 62 REGBIVING CallS te ii3 eee gaara tint a Eh hd Sh ee eae be ely 66 Usna MOICOIIAN cps ta tenti aad nos Gee CoS be Ou e ES Sew Eten Cute E Rew aw EES a eda 68 What Can Do When I m On a Call 2 0 0 cece cect tenn ete n ene n teen nen n eens 70 Defining Favorite BUNS oyna soc aa EE eo HOAs MeN EEE Hee a EH OK COONS Using ar PRONG SANIBEL mernis wise tana ses ORE eat Se daw Sepak de be Lee Gobo OS ie as Customizing Phone Settings 0 c cece cece tinl aa ieni Controlling Your Roaming Experience 0 0 cece cece cnet eee ete ete tee e tena enes Checking Signal Strength and Phone Status Section 3 Using Sprint Power Vision and Other Wireless Connections 101 SA Sprint POWEF VISION areriorik Banstead Gongs nc ase eG LAW a de s R deere wa Mena eels Getting Started With Sprint Power Vision 0 00eeeeee Sprint Power Vision Features 2 0 0 0 ccc ccc cece eet e teen nsec eee eneeeetenteteetenenaes Accessing Spint Power VISION vossse se erosa toim lan ees evince wade cael aca cade deed a4 Personalizing Your
117. asing batteries for 22 Index recording owner information for 348 resetting 295 298 safety guidelines for 335 337 338 339 setting passwords for 285 288 setting up 27 32 325 synchronizing PCs with 39 temporarily disabling 26 transferring files to 35 36 troubleshooting 326 turning on or off 311 unlocking 29 285 unpacking 16 smart device controls 17 19 20 SMS messaging services 316 331 SMTP servers 315 Snooze button 100 soft resets 295 software See also applications downloading 159 248 249 250 included with device 301 325 352 installing bonus 42 249 250 installing Sprint Connection Manager 110 installing synchronization 37 38 installing third party 295 322 sending email and 315 synchronizing information and 34 40 139 uninstalling 305 software conflicts 305 Software Installation CD 16 37 songs See music Sort button 128 Sort by Date command 147 379 Sort by Name command 147 Sort by pick list 232 sorting messages 128 147 sorting tasks 232 Sound amp Alerts screen 88 89 228 273 sound clips 144 sound files 132 Sound Off icon 272 Sound Off position 20 Sound On icon 272 Sound On position 20 sound preferences 88 228 272 273 Sound Preferences command 88 89 228 sounds 88 148 229 speaker 17 18 20 speakerphone 20 25 70 special characters 53 54 speed dial buttons 79 80 speed dial icon 64 Spkr phone button 70 73 sports information 109 spreadsheets 131 132
118. ation If driving while using a phone is permitted in your area we recommend using a headset or a hands free car kit sold separately However be aware that use of a headset that covers both ears impairs your ability to hear other sounds Use of such a headset while operating a motor vehicle or riding a bicycle may create a serious hazard to you and or others and may be illegal If you must use a stereo headset while driving place a speaker in only one ear Leave the other ear free to hear outside noises and do so only if it is legal and you can do so safely In addition to the stereo headset your device is compatible with the following types of headsets that are sold separately e Wired headsets with a 2 5mm connector 3 pin or 4 pin Wireless headsets and car kits enabled with Bluetooth 1 1 or 1 2 wireless technology For a list of compatible hands free devices go to palm com us support centro centro_sprint or sprint com Check the specifications for your headset or car kit to confirm compatibility Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features Using a Wired Headset 1 Headset Button 2 Microphone 3 Speaker When using a headset you can press the headset button to perform any of the following tasks e Answer an incoming call or a call waiting call Pick up a call that is on hold Switch between two calls if the second call is incoming Join two calls in a conference if the secon
119. ation To maintain compliance with FCC RF exposure guidelines if you wear a handset on your body use the Palm supplied or approved carrying case holster or other body worn accessory Use of non Palm approved accessories may violate FCC RF exposure guidelines Be sure to use an accessory that contains NO metal snaps clips etc and provides AT LEAST 1 5 cm of separation between the users body and the unit For more information about RF exposure visit the FCC Web site at www fcc gov Specific Absorption Rate SAR for Wireless Phones The SAR is a value that corresponds to the relative amount of RF energy absorbed in the head of a user of a wireless handset The SAR value of a phone is the result of an extensive testing measuring and calculation process It does not represent how much FF the phone emits All phone models are tested at their highest value in strict laboratory settings But when in operation the SAR of a phone can be substantially less than the level reported to the FCC This is because of a variety of factors including its proximity to a base station antenna phone design and other factors What is important to remember is that each phone meets strict federal guidelines Variations in SARs do not represent a variation in safety All phones must meet the federal standard which incorporates a substantial margin of safety As stated above variations in SAR values between different model phones do not mean variations in s
120. ation between two or more people based on the exchange of short simple text messages via computer or smart device You can see which of your contacts are available to participate in an IM conversation or chat You initiate a chat by selecting an available contact and sending a message Instant messaging on your Centro device is similar to instant messaging on your computer Using the IM application you can sign on to up to three IM communities send and receive instant messages and view contact status information and manage your presence You can switch among IM communities with a touch of the 5 way Messages are billed to the owner of the device no matter which IM account you use Signing On to IM If you are signing on to your existing IM account on your Centro smart device sign on to the community using your existing username or email address whichever your provider requires and password Some service providers allow you to sign on to multiple devices at the same time for example both your Centro smart device and your computer On other providers signing on to an existing IM account on your smart device may automatically sign you out of another currently running IM session After signing on to IM you can receive messages and alerts even if IM is not the active application 152 Section 3C Messaging 1 Press Applications and select IM amp 2 Select an IM community 3 Enter your username and password in
121. bers in Advanced Mode To store a number in one of ten memory slots select Sto To recall a stored number select Rel Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 243 244 Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity Section 6 Managing Your Information and Settings Sprint ahead 246 Section 6A Managing Files and Applications In This Section Using Find Installing Applications Removing Applications Miewing Application Information Sending Information Using Bluetooth Wireless Technology Beaming Information Synchronizing Information Advanced Using Expansion Cards Section 6A Managing Files and Applications 247 Using Find The Find feature locates any text in the built in applications and databases and in some third party applications The Find feature searches for the group of characters you specify including characters that are part of a word Find is not case sensitive and it locates any word that begins with the text you enter For example entering plan finds planet but not airplane When your phone is turned on and you are in an area where data services are available Find also includes Google Maps links that help you find a location business or directions to the word you re searching for For example to find a nearby pizza place enter pizza followed by a space and your zip code such as pizza 95060 1 On any screen press Option O Shift Find
122. brate option see the section on setting alert tones in the chapters that describe the individual applications 272 Section 6B Customizing Your Device Setting System Volume Levels You can set the volume level for system sounds such as the tone that plays when you synchronize If the Ringer switch is set to Sound Off the ringer setting overrides the sound settings and all sounds are turned off 1 Press Applications and select Sounds Sound amp Alerts 2 Select the Application pick list and then select System a 3 Select the System Volume and Game Volume pick lists and SENA Wie then select the volume levels Note Sounds aren t played when 4 Select Done Se switch is a Off Adjusting the Display and Appearance Boote J Tee Adjusting the Brightness Depending on the lighting conditions in which you re using your device you may need to adjust the brightness of the screen and keyboard backlight 1 Press Option and then press Backlight 6 sett Backlight 2 Press Left 4 and Right gt to adjust the brightness 3 Select Done Section 6B Customizing Your Device 273 To automatically set the brightness to the low setting press Option and then press Menu Changing the Screen Font You can change the screen font in Calendar Contacts Memos Sprint Picture Mail Tasks and the Web browser The font styles may vary between applications and some applicatio
123. can copy pictures and videos into another album You can also copy pictures and videos between your device and an expansion card Install the Palm Files application to easily browse and manage pictures and videos on an expansion card Press Applications select My Centro select the Bonus tab and then select Files 1 Press Applications and select Pics amp Videos B 2 Select the album that contains the picture s or video s you want to copy From Camera view or Camcorder view select the icon in the lower left corner of the screen to display the list of albums 3 Press Menu gt Section 4A Working With Your Pictures and Videos 189 4 Select Copy to from the Photo or Video menu Tap to select media ain E CEE CACCE Plus Sign Indicates That an Item Is Selected 5 Select the pictures or videos that you want to copy or select Select All to copy the entire album A plus sign appears next to selected items 6 Select Copy 7 Select the Copy items to pick list and select whether you want to copy the selected items to your device or to an expansion card 8 Select the Into album pick list and select the album you want to copy the selected items to 9 Select Copy You can also move pictures and videos between albums Open the Photo or Video menu and select Move to The remaining steps are the same as those for copying pictures but the command name
124. cating with Bluetooth devices and 83 170 173 communicating with TTY devices and 94 device to PCs 38 enabling phone as modem 110 enabling Sprint Power Vision 104 359 making phone calls and 72 maximizing battery life and 26 receiving information over Bluetooth 254 selecting networks for 96 sending information over Bluetooth 253 troubleshooting 310 315 318 320 viewing status of 97 connectivity specifications 351 constants 243 Contact Edit dialog box 91 217 contact names dialing by 63 contacts adding 216 assigning pictures to 91 191 categorizing 91 changing information for 218 creating 73 deleting 219 entering multiple 216 entering phone numbers for 73 92 mapping location of 218 marking as private 217 searching for 64 87 sending messages to 122 129 142 144 152 setting caller ID ringtones for 91 217 synchronizing 40 138 transferring to smart device 35 viewing information about 64 Contacts application changing screen fonts for 274 360 managing contact information and 216 219 opening 216 updating information in 40 138 Contacts favorite button 64 80 216 Contacts list 64 142 144 218 controls 17 19 20 conversion functions 243 cookies 163 164 Copy to Ringtone command 239 copying applications 257 267 music 202 phone numbers 63 pictures 189 text 160 video clips 189 202 corporate adaress lists 124 corporate mail systems 114 289 316 corporate servers 37 138 289 country specific format
125. ccessing the onscreen Dial Pad Opening an application Accessing a Web page Addressing a text email or Picture Mail message e Accessing voicemail preset on your device Sprint presets favorite buttons on your device so that you can easily access your device s wireless features You can customize all favorite buttons except Voicemail either delete and reassign existing favorite buttons or create new ones to perform any of the supported tasks For each favorite button you can also set up a Quick Key that gives you instant access to the phone number or corresponding screen Quick Keys are optional and can be letters only 78 Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features except for the Voicemail Quick Key which is preprogrammed as 1 The letter equivalent for that key is E so you cannot assign E as a Quick Key to another favorite button If you re upgrading from a previous Palm device your favorites might be transferred along with your other information However you may need to rearrange the order in which your favorite buttons appear by pressing Menu selecting Record and then selecting Edit Favorites Pages Creating a Speed Dial Favorite Button 7 Press Phone X 2 Use the 5 way O to select a blank favorite button If there are no blank favorite buttons on the current Favorites page press Right on the 5 way to scroll through the other pages If you run out of blank favorite butto
126. ce has a power saving feature that s set to turn off the device if it has been idle for 1 minute You can change the auto shut off interval see Optimizing Power Settings on page 281 If a system error and reset occur the Centro device automatically turns the phone on if it was on before the reset However if the device can t determine if your phone was on before the reset the phone does not automatically turn on see Turning Your Device s Phone On and Section 7A Help 311 Off on page 61 If the problem persists and you re using third party applications see Third Party Applications on page 322 for additional suggestions My Device Makes or Answers Calls When It s in a Bag or Pocket The Keyguard feature locks the keyboard so buttons aren t accidentally pressed or items on the screen aren t activated while your device is in a pocket or bag This feature is on by default if you have turned Keyguard off turn it back on see Locking Your Keyboard Keyguard on page 282 If Keyguard is off items in your bag or pocket may be pressing the onscreen Answer button or otherwise activating screen items If this happens be sure to press Power End to turn off the screen before placing it in your briefcase or pocket You may also want to disable the screen s touch sensitive feature during incoming calls see Locking Your Screen on page 283 If you are using a Bluetooth hands free device with your
127. ck list and select whether you want your hands free device to automatically answer incoming calls and how quickly it answers To choose between the earpiece on your device and your hands free device on a call by call basis Uncheck the Always route calls to Hands Free box When the phone rings you can answer the call with your hands free device by pressing the multifunction button on your hands free device or you can answer the call with your device s earpiece see Receiving Calls on page 66 4 Select Done Customizing Phone Settings Customizing the Main View in the Phone Application Phone Display Options let you customize the appearance and text entry mode of the Main view in the Phone application 1 Press Phone X 2 Press Menu 86 Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features 3 Select Options and then select Phone Display Options Phone Display Options 4 Set any of the following options vane ren Show sets whether the Dial Pad or wallpaper appears in v Typing diols PRETT the Main view of the Phone application If you select Show E Shew Calender event amp Show Favorite buttons Wallpaper select the thumbnail image and then select an Rows 2 image to use as wallpaper Typing sets whether typing enters numbers in the Dial Pad or starts a contact search If you choose to have typing start a contact search you need to press Option to enter a number when diali
128. clip O icon in the upper right corner of the screen Task vCal Select Photo Video from the Type pick list Voice Memo On the Select Media screen select the Album pick list to go to the album containing the picture or video you want and then check the box to the left of the picture or video Select Done Repeat steps 3 and 4 to attach more than one picture or video to a message To remove an attachment select the file in the Attachments box and then select Delete Section 3B Using Email Attaching Voice Memos 1 Create the message to which you want to attach the voice memo 2 On the New Message screen select the paper clio icon in the upper right corner of the screen 3 Select Voice Memo or Voice Memo wav from the Type pick list 4 Select the voice memo you want and then select OK If you selected Voice Memo wav select the voice memo you want in the Type box and then select Add 5 Select Done Attaching Word Excel and PowerPoint Files 1 Create the message to which you want to attach the item 2 On the New Message screen select the paper clip O icon in the upper right corner of the screen 3 Select Documents from the Type pick list Select the file you want on the Documents screen 5 Select Done Repeat steps 3 and 4 to attach more than one file to a message To remove an attachment select the file in the Attachments box and then select Delete Attaching Other Types of Files
129. d Videos 193 Viewing Pictures and Videos on Your Computer When you synchronize your smart device your pictures and videos are copied to your desktop computer You can view pictures in JPEG format and videos in MPEG 4 format 3G2 file extension You can email them to friends by using your desktop email application On a Windows computer you can view and edit synchronized pictures and videos in the Palm Media desktop application Open Palm Desktop software and click the Media icon You can refer to the Palm Desktop Online Help for information about using the Palm Media desktop application You can also view download and manage your pictures and videos from your computer at sprintcom picturemail 194 Section 4A Working With Your Pictures and Videos Section 4B Listening to Music In This Section Sprint Music Manager Overview Transferring Music Files From Your Computer Windows Transferring Music Files From Your Computer Mac Transferring Music From a CD to Your Device Listening to Music on Your Palm Centro Smart Device You can listen to music through the speaker on the back of your device or through stereo headphones To listen to music you need to transfer music files from a desktop application such as Sprint Music Manager or Windows Media Player Windows computers or iTunes Mac computers You can then play the music files using the Pocket Tunes Deluxe application Poc
130. d call is outgoing e e e e Hang up a single call The headset designed for Treo 180 270 and 300 devices is not compatible with your Centro smart device by Palm Standard headsets sold with other Sprint phones are compatible with your device If you hear a headset buzz or experience poor microphone performance your headset may be incompatible with your device 82 Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features Connecting to a Bluetooth Hands Free Device Once you set up a partnership with a Bluetooth hands free device such as a headset or car kit you can communicate with that device whenever it is turned on and within range Bluetooth range is up to 30 feet in optimum environmental conditions Performance and range may be affected by physical obstacles radio interference from nearby electronic equipment and other factors In the documentation for the other device a partnership might be referred to by a term such as trusted pair trusted device or pairing 1 Press Applications and select Bluetooth O or tap the it Bluetooth otal Bluetooth icon in the title bar Biseteach 2 Select Bluetooth On Bluetooth Wireless Technology is On 3 Optional Enter a device name that identifies your device when it is discovered by other Bluetooth devices Device Name Palm Device Visibility Visible Use the same device name for all your Bluetooth connections If you cha
131. d calls 89 DTMF tones 93 Due Date pick list 230 due dates 230 231 232 DUN connections See dial up networking E E 911 services 93 earpiece 17 18 71 85 310 echos 310 Edit Bookmarks command 162 Edit Category dialog box 277 Edit Favorites Button command 81 Edit Favorites Pages command 79 81 Edit Playlist screen 207 Edit QuickText option 145 363 editing 237 Effects pick list 185 electrostatic discharge 346 348 email accessing 289 adding attachments to 130 132 adding signatures to 138 adding Web links to 147 addressing 80 checking status of 128 checking unread messages for 227 creating 122 129 130 deleting 133 134 322 getting 128 135 136 138 making phone calls and 65 72 maximizing battery life and 26 replying to 129 saving drafts 122 130 sending 122 130 137 setting priority for 122 130 sorting 128 synchronizing 138 troubleshooting 313 316 viewing attachments in 124 132 email account settings 125 email accounts 124 127 134 314 email alerts 136 email applications 38 58 114 email client software 315 Email favorite buttons 80 Email icon 128 email preferences 134 138 email providers 115 124 125 364 email services 105 emergency phone calls 93 95 284 337 emoticons 153 Emoticons icon 145 Empty battery icon 24 Empty Trash command 134 Enable Background Playback check box 206 End button 18 entry screens 47 48 error messages 324 errors 324 Escalate ring tone volume check box 88 ESMT
132. d messages to your smart device You plan to use the VersaMail application to access an email account on a Microsoft Exchange server a Lotus Notes server or a Microsoft MAPI server 2 f your email provider is included in the following list skip to Setting Up VersaMail to Work With Common Providers on page 126 Your email provider is the service you use to send and receive email Your email provider s name appears between the symbol and the dot symbol in your email address 124 Section 3B Using Email e Adelphia CompuServe e NetZero e Airmail net Concentric Qwest select areas e AOL Covad e RCN Apple Mac Cox East Central amp e SBC select areas West e AT amp T mMode amp e EarthLink e Speakeasy Worldnet e Bell South e Gmail you must e USA net enable forwarding from the Gmail site e Cablevision e Juno e Verizon DSL e Charter Mail com e Yahoo fee based accounts only e Comcast e Media com 3 If your email provider s name is not listed you need to obtain the following information from your system administrator or ISP and then skip to Setting Up VersaMail to Work With Other Providers on page 127 s Mail protocol POP IMAP or Outlook Mail EAS Incoming and outgoing mail server names such as mail myisp com s Incoming and outgoing mail server port numbers such as 110 incoming POP 143 incoming IMAP or 25 outgoing POP or IMAP s If necessary S
133. device may not cause harmful interference and e This device must accept any interferences received including interference that may cause undesired operation 336 Section 8A Important Safety Information General Precautions There are several simple guidelines to operating your device properly and maintaining safe satisfactory service e Speak directly into the microphone e Avoid exposing your device and accessories to rain or liquid spills If your device does get wet immediately turn the power off and remove the battery e Although your device is quite sturdy it is a complex piece of equipment and can be broken Avoid dropping hitting or bending it or sitting on it e Any changes or modifications to your device not expressly approved in this document could void your warranty for this equipment and void your authority to operate this equipment For the best care of your device only Sprint authorized personnel should service your device and accessories Failure to do so may be dangerous and void your warranty Usage Log Your smart device includes a Usage Log that records software application launches and any device crashes or resets A hard reset will not erase the Usage Log We may for diagnostic purposes access the Usage Log in products returned to Palm Maintaining Safe Use of and Access to Your Device Do Not Rely on Your Device s Phone for Emergency Calls Wireless phones such as the one on your Centro device
134. do one of the following Select lt A bum name gt to store the picture in the selected album The storage location is based on the location of the album device or expansion card 166 Left Album Pick List Select New Albums to open a dialog box where you can enter an album name and select the storage location device or expansion card Optional Adjust the zoom setting by pressing Up A to select 2x or pressing Down to select 1x Point the lens on the back of your device at the subject you want to photograph Press Center C to take the picture Section 4A Working With Your Pictures and Videos 181 6 Select one of the following buttons ij Saves the picture in the location you selected in step 2 wij Deletes the picture KS Lets you add a voice caption g Opens a list of options for sending the picture Select Send with PictureMail to send the picture as part of a Picture Mail message see Creating and Sending a Sprint Picture Mail Message on page 143 Select Send with Online Services to send the picture using one of the available Sprint Power Vision Online Services see Using Online Services on page 151 Select Upload to Online Albums to upload the picture to your online album see Using Your Online Album on page 192 Recording a Video 1 Press Applications and select Camcorder 2 By default the Camcorder application stores videos you record in t
135. ds 202 203 music applications 202 music files 158 195 201 204 Music Manager 195 196 201 Mute button 71 My Centro icon 249 N names See also device names user names accessing Sprint Power Vision services and 106 Index searching for 64 sorting on 147 naming expansion cards 268 favorite buttons 79 picture albums 188 playlists 206 navigator 18 46 navigator buttons 46 48 Network Selection pick list 96 networks 95 96 See also Sprint Mobile Broadband network Sprint National Network New Bookmark screen 161 New events use time zones check box 222 new lines in memos 233 New message pick list 149 New Message screen 129 130 news information 107 No Service message 97 nonwireless features See organizer features Normal mode box 164 Note button 217 notes 217 226 230 See also memos notifications See alerts number display formats calculator 243 number formats 275 numbers See also phone numbers displaying as decimals 243 275 entering 53 storing in calculator 243 371 Numbers pick list 275 numeric pages 69 Oo Office 2007 files 236 offline viewing 161 On a call check box 284 On Demand categories 109 On Demand feature 105 107 109 330 On Demand icon 107 On Demand menu screen 108 online photo albums 192 Online Services icon 151 opening Alert screens 99 applications 57 58 266 278 email attachments 124 132 files 237 Web pages 155 157 operating system device 331 350 Optimized mode 156 320 Option b
136. e 3 Select the Automatically set pick list and select one of the following settings Nothing acquires no information from the Sprint network You must set the date time and time zone yourself Date amp time acquires the date and time from the Sprint network You must set the time zone yourself Date amp Time Automatically set wv Nothing Manually set Location Los Angeles Date 1 25 08 Time 6 15 pm Date time and time zone The date time and time zone are acquired from the Sprint network You cannot change any of the settings The options that appear on the screen in the remaining steps vary based on the setting you selected in this step 4 Ifthe Location pick list appears select it and then select a city in your time zone If you don t see a city in your time zone select Edit List select Add select a city in your time zone and then select OK If necessary modify any of the settings in the Edit Location dialog box and then select OK 5 If the Date and Time fields appear select the Date field and select the date and then select the Time field and select the time 6 Select Done 280 Section 6B Customizing Your Device Optimizing Power Settings Power Preferences enable you to adjust settings to maximize your device s battery performance 1 Press Applications and select Prefs 2 Select Power 3 Set any of the following preferences
137. e 6 When prompted enter the lock code and then select OK Unless you changed your lock code it is the last four digits of your phone number 7 If you want to change the lock code select Change Lock Code enter a new lock code and then select OK Repeat this step to verify the new lock code 8 Select OK If you selected Immediately in step 5 your phone locks right away If you selected On nhone power off your phone locks the next time you press and hold Power End to turn off your phone Me To disable the current Phone Lock settings Press Phone X Press Menu gt Select Options and then select Phone Lock Uncheck the On phone power off box and enter your lock code to change this setting 5 Select OK twice A OND a Locking Your Device To protect your personal information you can lock the device so that you need to enter your password to access any of your information or use any features of your device including the phone You can still call emergency services when your device is locked If you lock your device you must enter the exact password to unlock it If you forget the password you need to perform a hard reset to resume using your device see Hard Reset on page 296 Performing a hard reset deletes all the entries in your device However you can restore all previously synchronized information the next time you synchronize your device with your computer see Synchron
138. e Mail messages e f you have an active DUN session that is you are using your device s phone as a modem terminate the session see Using Your Device s Phone as a Modem on page 109 or Using Your Device as a Wireless Modem on page 173 e fa Picture Mail message arrives but does not display an alert perform a soft reset see Soft Reset on page 295 Section 7A Help 317 Web I Can t Tell If Data Services Are Available When your phone is on icons appear in the title bar in the Main view of the Phone application to indicate whether data services are available and whether a data connection is active See Checking Signal Strength and Phone Status on page 97 for a description of the icons that indicate that data services are available If your phone is on and you do not see any of the data icons then data services are not available in your current location The Device Won t Connect to the Internet Your Centro smart device by Palm supports Sprint Power Vision a connection method that is persistent and is faster and more reliable than a regular dial up connection All Sprint customers can connect to the Internet but to avoid high per minute charges we recommend that you subscribe to a Sprint Power Vision plan Contact Sprint to verify that your subscription plan includes Sprint Power Vision services and that these services have been correctly activated and to confirm your username and password Sprint s
139. e camera to take and view pictures and videos and send them to your friends and family To add a personal touch to your device use your pictures as your wallpaper in the Main view of the Phone application and as caller ID images You can also upload pictures and videos to albums on the Sprint Picture Mail Web site sprintcom picturemail move them to an expansion card and copy them to your Windows computer by synchronizing your device with your computer Additional fees may apply for Sprint Picture Mail service Contact Sprint for additional information The camera defaults to 1 3 megapixel 1280 x 1024 resolution The camera also supports VGA 640 x 480 and QVGA 320 x 240 resolution The camcorder defaults to CIF 352 x 288 resolution and also supports QCIF 176 x 144 resolution See Customizing Your Camera Settings on page 185 for information on accessing camera and camcorder settings 180 Section 4A Working With Your Pictures and Videos Taking a Picture 1 2 3 4 5 Press Applications and select Camera 4 By default the Camera application stores pictures you take in the Palm album on your device If you have an expansion card inserted into your device s expansion card slot the Camera application creates a Palm album on the card and stores pictures there To store the picture in a different location select the album pick list in the lower right corner of the screen and then
140. e ending date 6 Select OK 224 To enter a birthday or anniversary add the information to the person s Contacts entry and it automatically appears in your Calendar However if you synchronize calendar events with your computer birthdays that are imported from Contacts on your Centro device do not appear in Calendar on your computer Section 5A Using Your Device s Organizer Features Event Details ti feb 12 07 KIEM BOUGE Time 10 00 am 11 00 am Date Sun 2 11 07 Alarm amp 30 w Minutes Location None Category Daily until Every week Repeat every other week Private Every month Every year Can Other This Icon Indicates a Repeating Event Color Coding Your Schedule Use color coding to quickly spot various types of events For example make your appointments with family green co workers blue and friends red Follow these steps to create a category and assign it a color code If you synchronize calendar events with your computer any color coding your use in Calendar on your device does not appear in Calendar on your computer From Day view select the event description or select an empty time slot Select Details Select the Category pick list and then select Edit Categories Do one of the following To create a new category select New and then enter a category name To add a color to an existing category select a category and then select Edit 5
141. e following preferences Incoming 136 Get Entire message Get indicates whether to get message subjects only or Drea The entire messages Get only E Unread messages Ask Every Time IMAP accounts only indicates whether you Ci Maltromiat 3day want to see a dialog box for choosing subjects only or entire amp Download attachments messages each time you retrieve email If the box is Maximum messoge size KB h ki d t s d acc din to the o ti Message Format HTML unchecked messages are retrieve ording ption you select in the Get pick list Section 3B Using Email Unread messages downloads only unread mail to your device IMAP accounts only If you don t choose this option and you select Get all your messages on your provider s mail server are downloaded to your Inbox including messages you have already read Mail from last gets messages sent within the number of days you specify default is 3 Download attachments allows files attached to email to be automatically downloaded to your device Attachments that exceed the maximum message size cannot be downloaded Maximum message size sets the maximum size limit in kilobytes KB for how much of an incoming email message is downloaded The maximum size of an incoming message is 5KB by default that is the first 5KB of all incoming email messages is downloaded but you can enter any size up to 2 048KB approximately 2 megabytes or 2MB including attac
142. e short tones Clear Voicemail Icon lets you manually reset the Voicemail icon if it still appears in the Phone application title bar after you have listened to all your voicemail Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features 93 TTY TDD enables you to use your device s phone if you are hearing impaired Select Default Mode to send and receive text Select VCO Mode Voice Carry Over to send voice and receive text Select HCO Mode Hearing Carry Over to send text and receive voice See the following section TTY Use With Sprint Service for more information Hearing Aid Compatibility sends the audio from your phone calls to the telecoil rather than to the microphone of your hearing aid See Turning on the HAC Setting on page 341 for more information on this setting Ask to add unknown phone numbers after calls displays a prompt asking whether you would like to add the unknown phone number to your Contacts list when you complete a call Do not turn on the Hearing Aid Compatibility setting unless you use a hearing aid with a telecoil Using this setting without a hearing aid or with a hearing aid without a telecoil may be harmful to your hearing 5 Select OK TTY Use With Sprint Service A TTY also known as a TDD or Text Telephone is a telecommunications device that allows people who are deaf or hard of hearing or who have speech or language disabilities to communicate by telephone You
143. e the Conduit Settings screen Setting Up a Bluetooth Connection for Synchronization If your computer is enabled with Bluetooth wireless technology you can synchronize wirelessly over a Bluetooth connection When you synchronize using your device s Bluetooth wireless feature you don t need your cable This is especially useful if you travel with a laptop enabled with Bluetooth wireless technology 1 Press Applications and select Bluetooth Ld RFEA Ola 2 Select On Bluetooth Bluetooth Wireless 3 Enter a device name for your Centro device This is the name Technology is On that appears on the other Bluetooth device s screen when it Device Name Paim Device connects to your Centro device Visibility Visible 4 Select Setup Devices 5 Select HotSync Setup 6 Follow the onscreen instructions to create a partnership Setup Devices between your Centro device and your computer In some cases you may need to perform setup steps on your computer before G Cienstreesew Configure a Bluetooth headset you can complete this step Check your computer s or car kit for your device documentation for specific setup instructions sew Boos Configure Bluetooth HotSync 7 After you finish the HotSync Setup select Done to return to between your device and PC Applications view You re now ready to sync your Centro device with your Bluetooth computer Section 6A Managing Files and Applications 261 S
144. ebook for Palin ifs occ 2 00 reiri kippti PROD SEAMS Las Uke SEMA Ae eS 165 Using Facebook for Palit suv dieet yokes fee ney aa dv ee sat tees eit aia Made 166 SF GOOGIE Maps 20005 20365 F3Gon Lae ee Se ee a A 167 Using Google Maps tees ne ii a a Oia wy en T a ear a a a Shee ee eh ities 168 3G Using Bluetooth Wireless Technology and Dial Up Networking 169 Connecting to Devices With Bluetooth Wireless Technology Using Your Device as a Wireless Modem 0 c ccc n eet eee naee Section 4 Your Portable Media Device 20 0ccccceeececeteceeeeeneees 4A Working With Your Pictures and Videos 00 cc cece eet e nett ee nee 179 TakingiPictures and Videos lt py nee rahe eos Bk 24 as Bey aan Ss eke eke cet eee he ieee s 180 R rding a VideO a enue kaa eee tess Ges hae ee Meese CELE eats eaa 2h cad wee on ha bya 182 Customizing Your Camera Settings 0 cece cence etn need eee tenet nent ens 185 Viewing Pictures and Vide OS 5 ving xiang ic vss ce Seslnsteavinie vines nana egal m wie view oMiais wing meets 186 Organizing Pict res and Videos yie i eae ee alts Ee Suenos ta ee eed ales 188 Using Your Online AIBUIM nur aaae PAHs oes Sots iecaicdn tee Raven td ede aa eed at 192 Viewing Pictures and Videos on Your Computer 00 c cece eee e cee rnrn rnrn rnrn 194 4B Listening tO MUSIC rA s ee IES PE RAE OLE Le IANA Ie ee e 195 Sprint Music Manager Oveni W Sisenen dee te daen Aa bie a
145. ector is facing up toward your device s screen 3 To confirm that your device is charging check the indicator light Red indicates that your device is charging Green indicates that your device is fully charged se a You can also charge your device by connecting it to your computer with the sync cable You can do this with or without using the charger cable see Connecting Your Palm Centro Smart Device to Your Computer on page 38 Keep in mind that it takes longer to charge the battery using the sync cable and if your laptop isn t plugged into a power source it can drain the laptop s battery Indicator Light If the battery is fully drained it may take a few moments for the indicator light to turn on while the battery is charging Section 1A Setting Up Your Palm Centro Smart Device 23 The onscreen battery icon displays the power status Full battery Q Battery is fully charged Partial battery jy Battery has some power but is not fully charged Almost empty battery with red at the bottom 0 Battery needs to be charged immediately Your device s indicator light blinks red when the battery needs to be charged Red lightning bolt 4 Battery is connected to a wall outlet and is being charged Green lightning bolt J Battery is connected to a wall outlet and is fully charged To see exactly how much power is left in your battery tap the onscreen battery icon Using a Sprint Charg
146. ecurity settings APOP ESMTP SSL The correct protocol server and security settings are required for VersaMail to be able to send and receive email for your account Your email provider can easily provide these settings Section 3B Using Email 125 Setting Up VersaMail to Work With Common Providers 126 1 A Press Applications 4 and select Email 4 to open the VersaMail application Continue and go to step 3 The first time you set up the VersaMail application you are asked if you want to continue with account setup after you open the application Select Press Menu select Accounts select Account Setup and then select New In the Email Address field enter your email address In the Password field enter your email account password If the VersaMail application can obtain your email account settings based on your username and password the Next button changes to Done Select Done Account Setup Li Enter Your Email Address and Password Email Address jsuser yahoo com Password xxxx Yahoo mail is accessible only if you ve subscribed to the Yahoo Mail Plus service which includes POP access If the Next button does not change to Done you need to obtain certain information about your account see How Do I Get Started on page 124 and then follow the procedure Setting Up VersaMail to Work With Other Providers on page 127
147. ee a list of additional alternate characters position the cursor at the beginning of the line or after a space and then press Alt The alternate characters are grouped by their similarity to the base key For example the alternate characters available for the e key are 6 6 and Symbols and Accented Characters Press Then press to select molololol ov O e 54 Section 2A Moving Around on Your Smart Device Press Then press a to select lorL n A N N o O 0 porP rorR s BS amp S BS 2 tor T i u U xorX xa y yy Y YY Section 2A Moving Around on Your Smart Device 55 56 Then press to select Option Q Option Q Option Q we Nee ee Option Option Option Option Ras g 9 3 a OSQOUVWADMA wv 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Ss ES Option Q Option Q Option Q Option Q Option Option Option Option Option Q Option Option OQNaslos w y tty lt s_ 9 ELY OL lt gt OB ADG R Option Q J Option N Option Q K Option Q H Section 2A Moving Around on Your Smart Device Opening Applicatio
148. en select a category Deleting a Memo 1 Select the memo you want to delete 2 Press Menu 3 Select Delete Memo on the Record menu 4 Select OK Section 5A Using Your Device s Organizer Features 233 234 Section 5A Using Your Device s Organizer Features Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity In This Section Using the Documents Application to Work With Your Office Files Voice Memo World Clock Calculator Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 235 Using the Documents Application to Work With Your Office Files With the Documents application you can take your important office information with you You can create view and edit Microsoft Word and Excel files directly on your device You can also view and manage PowerPoint and PDF files For example you can open email attachments files you download with the Web browser and files stored on an expansion card as long as the files are in a supported format The version of Documents To Go that comes with your device does not support Microsoft Office 2007 To edit Office 2007 files on your device you must save the files in Office 2003 format For information about an upgrade that supports Office 2007 go to dataviz com office2007 additional fees may apply If you install the Documents To Go desktop software from palm com us support centro centro_sprint you can use Documents To Go to transfer files to your
149. en press it again when you have finished recording If you are recording a long voice memo you can begin recording by opening Voice Memo and selecting New Using this method you can press and hold Center on the 5 way to pause recording and release Center to resume recording 238 Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity Listening to a Voice Memo 1 Press Applications and select Voice Memo New ideas for calls 2 Inthe Voice Memo list navigate to the voice memo title and 5 43 pr Bec 2005 then press Center _ to select it The voice memo begins to 00 0 04 play K oo g 3 To set the volume level press the Volume button on the side of your device or press Up a or Down w on the 5 way O Ter 4 Press Center _ to pause or stop playback fonda 1015 To change a voice memo title open the Voice Memo menu and select Rename Memo You can send a voice memo in an email message see Attaching Voice Memos on page 131 You can also use Bluetooth wireless technology to send a voice memo to a nearby Bluetooth device see Sending Entries Over a Bluetooth Wireless Connection on page 253 You can also use a voice memo as a ringtone Select a voice memo press Menu and select Copy to Ringtone from the Voice Memo menu To assign the ringtone see Selecting Ringtones on page 88 or Assigning a Caller ID Ringtone on page 90 Section 5B Increasing Your
150. ences Select the View By pick list and then select List Select OK Section 6B Customizing Your Device 277 Customizing Device Buttons Reassigning Buttons With Buttons Preferences you can select which applications are associated with the quick buttons and the Side button on your device You can assign a primary and secondary application to each of the three quick buttons that open an application We recommend that you keep the primary button assignments on the factory settings until you become comfortable with the features of your device If you do change the primary button assignments remember that the instructions in this guide and in the other help features refer to the original button settings 1 Press Applications and select Prefs 2 Select Buttons 3 Do any of the following Select the pick list next to the icon of the button you want to reassign and then select an application Select the pick list next to the Option Button combination you want to reassign and then select an application Select the Press Hold Side button pick list and then select an application 4 Select Done Buttons Option Press button Button Q Phone v Web On v World Clock w Messaging v Email Press Hold Side button w Voice Memo You can also select HotSync to choose an application to open with the sync button on the sync cable To restore all the button
151. er Adapter If the connector on your Sprint approved 1 Amp AC charger or vehicle charger doesn t fit into the connector on the bottom of your device use the included Sprint charger adapter Use only with 1 Amp AC chargers distributed by Sprint for your device Using any unapproved AC charger may destroy the AC charger and cause a fire 1 Plug the AC charger into a power source 2 Connect the Sprint charger adapter to the charger jack on bottom of the device 3 Connect the charger cable to the Sprint charger adapter 24 Section 1A Setting Up Your Palm Centro Smart Device 4 Charge your device as described earlier Battery Life Battery life depends on individual use Consumption factors include signal strength speakerphone use and use of wireless features If the battery drains to the point where your device doesn t turn on the device stores your information safely until you recharge the battery To avoid draining the battery we recommend that you charge and synchronize your device every day especially if you use the wireless features of your phone often Using your device s phone reduces the battery life You can extend the battery life by turning off your device s phone while using the organizer features In any case regular charging is recommended for optimal performance Maximizing Battery Life You can increase the life of your device s battery by following a few easy guidelines
152. ert then changes to an incoming call alert Use the 5 way method instead Silencing the Ring of an Incoming Call _ e Press any key on your device except Talk 1 Power End 6 or Center C To immediately silence all system sounds including the ringer slide the Ringer switch to Sound Off 25 see Silencing Sounds on page 272 If music is playing and a call arrives the phone rings softly and the music automatically pauses The music resumes if you ignore the call or if you answer the call the music resumes when you hang up Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features 67 Using Voicemail Setting Up Your Voicemail Your voicemail number is preset when you activate your device The first time you call voicemail you are prompted to enter your voicemail password If necessary please contact Sprint for your password and enter it as prompted 1 Make sure your phone is turned on see Turning Your Device s sprint 2e0ud Phone On and Off on page 61 AAG pen 7 2 07 2 Press Phone Ein TA puaa 3 Select the Voicemail favorite button to dial the automated Messaging i SprintTY i voicemail system GetEmol Sema 4 Follow the voice prompts to set up your voicemail a On Demand a 213 4 5 You can also press and hold 1 to dial voicemail from the Main view of the Phone application Dial Pad or Favorites Voicemail Notification Voicemail 9 19pm
153. ery icon 172 discovery processes 170 172 255 Discovery Results list 172 Discovery Results screen 254 display formats 275 Display my name in chat window as option 150 display options calendar 227 Display Options command 227 Display Options dialog box 227 display See screen displaying alerts 98 99 100 150 Index alternate characters 54 applications 276 277 attachments 124 132 calendar 220 connection status 97 contact information 64 218 device names 330 email messages 128 error messages 324 events 87 99 228 favorite buttons 64 79 87 HotSync Log 306 images 156 320 instant messages 153 items in pick lists 50 menu items 49 numeric pages 69 phone numbers 64 65 pictures 186 192 193 194 private entries 287 tasks 227 231 232 text messages 148 unread messages 227 video clips 184 187 193 194 Web pages 156 160 161 166 168 documentation 11 16 46 60 325 Documents application 124 236 237 Documents icon 237 Documents screen 131 Documents To Go 236 Don t download images option 164 Download attachments check box 137 Index downloading attachments 132 bonus software 248 email messages 128 135 136 138 files 137 158 249 music 202 Outlook 40 pictures and videos 193 ringtones 88 software 159 249 250 User Guide 325 Downloads bookmark 159 downwara pointing arrows 50 Drafts button 130 Drafts folder 145 draining the battery 23 25 drop down lists See pick lists droppe
154. ess even if you have the Auto complete feature turned on see Customizing Your Web Browser Settings on page 163 for information on Auto complete Finding Text on a Web Page 1 2 160 From Page view press Menu Select Find Text on Page on the Page menu Section 3D Browsing the Web 5 Enter the text you want to find Check or uncheck the Wrap Search box to indicate whether you want the search to wrap from the end of the page to the beginning when the search reaches the end of the page Select Find to start the search Working With Bookmarks and Saved Pages Creating a Bookmark With bookmarks you can quickly access a Web page without entering the address every time The Web browser can store up to one hundred bookmarks or saved pages allowing you to open your favorite Web pages quickly Note that a bookmark is different from a favorite button see Defining Favorite Buttons on page 78 1 2 3 4 5 Saving a Page You can use the Web browser to save a page for offline viewing so that you don t need an Internet connection to view it later 1 2 3 4 Go to the page you want to bookmark New Bookmark lt Press Menu a Select Add Bookmark from the Page menu piace Optional Change the entries in the Name and Description URL mobile palm com Preview Mobile Portal mobile palm com fields Select OK and then select OK again Go to the page you want
155. et The wireless features of your device are not available until you complete this step Hard Reset A hard reset erases all information and third party software on your Centro device Never perform a hard reset without first trying a soft reset and a system reset You can restore previously synchronized information the next time you synchronize Your device might not re establish a Sprint Power Vision session after a hard reset To manually establish a new Sprint Power Vision session open the Web browser to access a Web site 296 Section 7A Help A hard reset can tell you if a problem stems from your Centro device or from an application installed on it If you do not experience the problem after you perform a hard reset the problem is related to software you installed See Third Party Applications on page 322 for suggestions on diagnosing third party software issues If you set a password on your device performing a hard reset reformats your device the message Reformatting in progress is displayed This is a more severe form of a hard reset which removes all your information and restores your formats preferences and other settings to the factory default settings Some third party applications do not create a backup on your computer when you synchronize If you perform a hard reset you may lose data in these applications and you need to reinstall these applications after the hard reset Please contact
156. for software updates and information about compatibility with your Centro smart device by Palm Resetting Your Palm Centro Smart Device Soft Reset Performing a soft reset is similar to restarting a computer If your Centro device is not responding or you re having trouble synchronizing with your computer a soft reset may help All your information is retained when you perform a soft reset Section 7A Help 295 1 Remove the battery from your device and then reinsert it See Replacing the Battery on page 298 for details The reset begins when you insert the battery and ends when the Date amp Time Preferences screen appears 2 Select Done System Reset A system reset also called a safe or warm reset can be useful if your device loops or freezes during a soft reset Performing a system reset allows you to get out of the loop and restores limited functionality to your device in order to uninstall a third party application that s causing the problem Note that after a system reset you must perform a soft reset to restore full functionality including the wireless features to your device 1 Remove the battery from your device 2 Press and hold Up A on the 5 way while reinserting the battery See Replacing the Battery on page 298 for details 3 When Date amp Time Preferences appears release Up 4 Delete the third party application that you suspect is causing the problem 5 Perform a soft res
157. formats provided that the Web site permits the downloading of files ltem Supported File Types Pictures JPEG BMP WBMP GIF PNG Videos MP4 3G2 ASF Ringtones MIDI QCELP AAC AAC Music MP3 1 Go to the page that contains the link to the file you want to download 2 Press Left 4 or Right to highlight the link to the file and then press Center _ 3 If prompted select what you want to do with the file Play Save To Device or Save To Card 158 Section 3D Browsing the Web 4 Select Yes You can also save an image from a Web page by tapping and holding it with the stylus In addition you can access software and other downloads using the Downloads bookmark Streaming Files From a Web Page The Web browser lets you stream files that are recognized by one of the applications on your device For example you can choose to play music and video files in many popular formats such as MP8 WMA and WMV 1 When the Web browser recognizes streamed content on a Web page it displays a Play Gray icon To view or listen to the streamed content tap Play y 2 Once streaming begins playback starts automatically Use the following controls when viewing or listening Select 4 to return to the original Web page Select or press Center C to pause playback Select O or press Center _ to resume playback after pausing A few seconds after playback begins the toolbar is hidden and
158. fy that your plan includes SMS messaging services that these services have been correctly activated and that they are available at your location Sprint should be able to tell you if messaging services have been experiencing transmission delays Delays can also occur between the time that a message is sent and the time it is received e Verify with the recipient that the receiving device can handle text messages Ifa text message arrives but does not display an alert perform a soft reset see Soft Reset on page 295 I Can t Send or Receive Sprint Picture Mail Messages Make sure your phone is turned on see Turning Your Device s Phone On and Off on page 61 e Contact Sprint to verify that your plan includes Sprint Picture Mail messaging services that these services have been correctly activated and that they are available at your location Sprint should be able to tell you if messaging services have been experiencing transmission delays Delays can also occur between the time that a message is sent and the time it is received e When your phone is on icons appear in the title bar in the Main view of the Phone application to indicate whether data services are available and whether a data connection is active See Checking Signal Strength and Phone Status on page 97 for a description of the icons that indicate that data services are available e Verify with the recipient that the receiving device can handle Pictur
159. g locations might be Handspring or palmOne based on the device you re upgrading from Windows C Program Files Palm device name Mac Mac HD Users lt User Name gt Documents Palm Users lt Device Name gt 7 Perform a hard reset see Hard Reset on page 296 8 Synchronize to restore your Contacts Calendar Tasks Memos and Pics amp Videos information You may need to manually restore information in other applications 9 Ifthe problem is resolved begin reinstalling your third party applications one at a time by double clicking a single file in the original Backup folder that you renamed and sync after each application you install 10 If the problem recurs delete the last application you installed and report the problem to its developer Remember that not all third party applications were written with the Centro smart device by Palm in mind You may encounter strange behavior or errors in these applications if you use the keyboard and 5 way Getting More Help Contact the author or vendor of any third party software if you require further assistance Sprint does not provide technical support for applications that are not built into your Centro device Section 7A Help 323 Errors Your Centro device is designed to minimize interruptions when a system error occurs If your device encounters a system error it automatically resets itself and resumes functioning as normal If possible it even
160. g offline 161 Web services 318 Web sites 155 319 320 Web based email providers 114 115 Week starts pick list 275 Week view 221 weights 243 Welcome screen 61 385 Wide Page mode 320 Wide Page mode Web 156 157 Windows computers creating device passwords and 288 installing applications from 250 installing synchronization software for 37 38 listening to music and 196 locating user folders on 303 removing applications from 252 sending email over 315 synchronizing over 40 258 262 304 305 transferring music files from 195 202 204 uninstalling Palm Desktop software on 305 viewing multimedia files on 194 Windows operating systems 34 325 WinZip 250 wired headsets 81 386 wireless connections 138 253 254 wireless features 26 wireless headsets 81 wireless modems 173 wireless phones 95 338 340 Word files 131 132 236 237 World Clock 58 240 241 World Clock icon 240 World Wide Web See Web Wrap Search check box 161 Y Yahoo email services 115 Year view 221 Z ZIP files 250 zoom setting 181 Index
161. g over Bluetooth connections 253 setting owner preferences for 288 storing 264 321 synchronizing 34 38 39 258 306 transferring to device 35 information screens 47 48 Infrared port See IR port infrared enabled devices 19 Install Tool 250 330 Installation CD 16 37 installation wizard 38 249 installer 249 installing bonus software 42 249 250 included software 248 251 301 367 quarantined files 36 Sprint Connection Manager 110 Sprint Music Manager 196 synchronization software 37 38 third party applications 248 250 295 322 Instant Messaging 105 152 154 interference 311 313 340 341 international characters See alternate characters international clock 240 international phone numbers 92 international travel adapters 290 Internet See also Web browsing accessing 175 closing connections for 111 176 connecting to 155 156 161 173 installing applications from 249 setting up proxy servers for 164 troubleshooting connections to 318 320 Internet Service Providers 315 invalid characters 146 invoices 327 IR port 19 255 262 330 ISPs See Internet Service Providers iTunes 195 203 J JavaScript 163 K key presses 51 keyboard accessing alternate characters on 54 368 creating Quick Keys for 78 80 dialing from 63 entering information from 51 54 locking 282 312 restoring factory defaults for 278 selecting menu items from 49 setting timed events with 222 silencing ringer from 67 keyboard backlight 52
162. ge your device s battery more often 6 Select the Start Time and End Time boxes and then select the hour the minute and AM or PM to enter the time for the first and last Auto Sync to take place Select OK 7 Select the days you want the schedule to be active You can choose any number of days but you can set up only one schedule for each email account 8 Select OK and then select Get Doing this ensures that only new messages are retrieved during your next Auto Sync retrieval 5 Section 3B Using Email 135 Playing Sounds When New Email Arrives When new email messages arrive an alert appears on the Alert screen see Viewing and Using the Alert Screen on page 99 for information In addition when you schedule Auto Sync for let you k a given account you can choose a sound such as a bird a phone or an alarm to now when new email arrives 1 From any mailbox screen press Menu Se Se Ch Se aA wD ect Options and then select Preferences ect Alerts eck the Alert me of new mail box ect the Alert Sound pick list and then select a sound The device plays a brief demo of the sound 6 Se vib ect the Vibrate pick list and then select an option for when you want your device to rate 7 Se ect OK Setting Options for Receiving Email Messages 1 From any mailbox screen press Menu 2 Select Options and then select Preferences 3 Select Incoming 4 Set any of th
163. ghlight Showbiz the button name changes to Hollywood News amp Showtimes and press Center C Select Movie Showtimes amp Reviews and press Center C A list of current movie titles appears Select a movie title Section 3A Sprint Power Vision 5 From the Movie Title display select an option and follow the onscreen instructions Options available may include Shows for Date to select a date for the movie lt theater listing gt to view the movie s showtimes at a number Brokeback Mountain of selected movie theaters in your area Follow the onscreen Bunning Time Drama Romance R i i i i AMC Bay Street 16 instructions to purchase will call tickets may not be INS 425 735 1040 available for all theaters or for all showtimes py Buy Tickets Movie Information Shows for Date v 2 3 Details to view the movie s details which may include cast running time plot synopsis MPAA rating reviews and so on Additional fixed On Demand categories such as Money which features a customizable stock ticker delayed 20 minutes Weather and Sports which allows you to select your top teams along with optional categories such as Maps and TV Guide bring the information you want right to your screen all without having to go through a traditional Web search Using Your Device s Phone as a Modem Your device s data capabilities enable you to use your device s phone as a modem for your laptop computer
164. good idea to familiarize yourself with the additional features available through the various application menus Record Delete Event Attach Note Delete Note BeamEvent amp B __ Send Event Beam Category EEEE Gxtan en G70 Menu Shortcut Press Menu to open an application s menus Press Right gt and Left lt to switch between menus Press Up and Down to highlight a menu item Press Center _ to select the menu item or press Menu to close the menus and cancel your selection A ND A Most menu items have menu shortcuts listed in the menu To use a menu shortcut press Menu plus the shortcut letter You don t have to see the menu item to use the menu shortcut For example when you re in Calendar you can press Menu N to create a new event Section 2A Moving Around on Your Smart Device 49 Selecting Options in a Pick List 50 A range of options is often presented in a type of menu called a pick list which can be identified by a downward pointing arrow Pick lists are different from the application menus previously described The application menus give you access to additional features and pick lists enable you to select the contents for a particular field You can select an option from a pick list with the 5 way or the stylus e Use the 5 way Q to highlight the pick list and then press Center _ to display the items in the list Press Up and Down to high
165. hat data services are available 2 If you see the Sprint Power Vision T l or 3 icon there may be a problem with the Web site you are trying to access Try opening a different Web page to see if the problem persists 3 If you see the Sprint 1xRTT data Til icon you may be experiencing the difference in performance between the two types of data networks 4 To be sure there is not a problem with your connection to the Sprint network press and hold Power End i to turn off your phone Then press and hold the same button to turn it back on again 5 Try opening the Web page again to see if it loads faster An Image or Map Is Displayed Too Small on the Device Screen The Web browser has two modes Optimized and Wide Page Optimized mode resizes all images and page elements to make them fit in a single vertical column on the Centro device screen Switch to Wide Page mode to see the image in its original full size form see Viewing a Web Page on page 156 You may also be able to save the image to your device or to an expansion card and then view the image later on your computer see Downloading Files From a Web Page on page 158 for information A Secure Site Refuses to Permit a Transaction Some Web sites don t support certain browsers for transactions Please contact the site s Webmaster to make sure the site allows transactions using your device s Web browser Dial Up Networking Using Bluetooth Technology My Compute
166. hat you are inside a coverage area see Turning Your Device s Phone On and Off on page 61 Press Applications and select Google Maps 2 Press Menu Do one of the following Select My Location Select Search enter a city a restaurant or a hotel either a specific name or a general category such as pizza and then select OK To search for a contact address select select Contact Lookup and then select the contact Select Directions and enter your start point and end point Select OK Select Show Traffic Select View Map Section 3F Google Maps Section 3G Using Bluetooth Wireless Technology and Dial Up Networking In This Section Connecting to Devices With Bluetooth Wireless Technology Using Your Device as a Wireless Modem Section 3G Using Bluetooth Wireless Technology and Dial Up Networking 169 Connecting to Devices With Bluetooth Wireless Technology With your Palm Centro smart device s built in Bluetooth wireless technology you can connect to a number of devices enabled with Bluetooth wireless technology such as a headset car kit printer or GPS receiver as well as to other phones and handhelds When you connect to another device you create a partnership also referred to by terms such as trusted pair trusted device or pairing with that device If your computer is enabled with Bluetooth wireless technology you can also synchronize wire
167. he Palm album on your device If you have an expansion card inserted into your device s expansion card slot the Camcorder application creates a Palm album on the card and stores videos 182 Section 4A Working With Your Pictures and Videos there To store the video in a different location select the album pick list in the lower right corner of the screen and then do one of the following Select lt Album name gt to store the video in the selected album The storage location is based on the location of the album device or expansion card 166 Lets Paim E Album Pick List Select New Albums to open a dialog box where you can enter an album name and select the storage location device or expansion card 3 Adjust the position of your device until you see the subject you want to record on the screen 4 Press Center _ to start recording 5 After you finish recording press Center C again to stop Section 4A Working With Your Pictures and Videos 183 6 Select one of the following buttons a Begins playback ij Saves the video in the location you selected in step 2 uy Deletes the video i Opens a dialog box where you can adjust the volume during playback bg Opens a list of options for sending the video Select Send with PictureMail to send the video as part of a Picture Mail message see Creating and Sending a Sprint Picture Mail Message on page 143 Select Send with Online Services
168. he task to a specific category Due Date sets the due date for the task Select the Due Date pick list and select a due date Alarm sets an alarm for this task Repeat indicates whether the task occurs at regular intervals and how often it repeats When you check off a repeating task the next instance of this task automatically appears in your task list See Working With Private Private indicates whether the task is private Check this box to mark this task private Entries on page 286 for additional information D stores additional text you want to associate with the task 4 Select OK Task Details Li Priority 2 3 415 amp 1 Renew passport 2 11 x Meb O 1 Pick up dry cleaning 2 13 Categerys Untied O 1 Reserve rental car 2 14 Due Date Fri 2 16 07 O 1 Distribute meetingnotes 2 16 Alarm None Repeat None Private O H O 2 Send CD to Sally Of 1 Juy tennis balls 2 M Gerais O You can also set the priority by selecting the Priority number next to a task in the Tasks list and then selecting a priority level from the list 230 Section 5A Using Your Device s Organizer Features Checking Offa Task fer ML Date Category Rf 1 Renew passport 2 11 Select the task you want to check off and then press Center __ O 1 Pickup dry cleaning 2 13 O 1 Reserve rental car 2 14 O 1 Distribute meetingnotes 2 16 Organizing Your Tasks Do tem ai z 2 In the
169. hen select the sending option you want 186 Section 4A Working With Your Pictures and Videos Viewing a Video In addition to viewing the videos you capture with the built in camcorder you can view videos captured on many popular digital video cameras 1 2 3 4 5 Viewing a Slide Show 1 aA wD Press Applications lt and select Pics amp Videos B Select the album that contains the video you want to see Select the video you want to view Playback begins automatically Hold down Right or Left 4 to seek within the current video or press Right or Left to scroll to the next item in the album Tap the video or press Center _ to return to Thumbnail view Press Applications and select Pics amp Videos B Highlight or select the album you want to view Optional Press Menu select Options and then select Auto hide Toolbar On Press Space C to start the slide show Tap the screen to return to the previous view To set slide show options such as background music and transitions open the Album menu and select Slideshow Setting Keep in mind that background music overrides audio captions when you re running a slide show Background music for a slide show also overrides any music that is playing using the Pocket Tunes application on your device if you start a slide show Section 4A Working With Your Pictures and Videos 187 Organizing Pictures and
170. hments The maximum message size that you can retrieve is 60KB for the body text and approximately 5MB of total data for any attachments To view a message whose total size is greater than the maximum message size you select but is less than 5MB you need to select More on the message screen to fully download the message Message Format sets the format in which you retrieve messages If you choose HTML any messages sent in HTML format appear with basic HTML formatting intact Other messages appear as plain text If you choose Text all messages appear as plain text regardless of the format in which they were sent VersaMail sends all messages as plain text only with all HTML tags stripped even if you are forwarding or replying to a message that was originally received as HTML Select OK Section 3B Using Email 137 Attaching a Signature to a Email Message You can attach a personal signature with information such as your company s address and its fax and telephone numbers to the bottom of all messages you send 1 2 3 4 5 From any mailbox screen press Menu gt Select Options and then select Preferences Select Signature Check the Attach Signature box Enter your signature information and then select OK Getting Messages From Your Corporate Microsoft Exchange Server Onto Your Device Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync works with the Calendar Contacts and VersaMail applications on your de
171. hould also be able to tell you if there are any outages in your area 1 Press and hold Power End i to turn off your phone Then press and hold Power End i again to turn your phone back on 2 Press Phone amp and look for either the Sprint Power Vision Till or the 7 icon or the Sprint 1xRTT data Till icon in the title bar of the Main view See Checking Signal Strength and Phone Status on page 97 for a description of the icons that indicate that data services are available 3 If you see one of those icons you are in a data coverage area Try connecting to the Internet again If you do not see one of those icons press Applications select Prefs and continue with the following steps 4 Select Network 5 Select the Service pick list and select Power Vision If Power Vision does not appear in the list call Sprint for assistance 318 Section 7A Help 6 Select Connect 7 If the connection is successful go to the Web browser If you still can t make a connection perform a soft reset see Soft Reset on page 295 8 If your phone did not turn on automatically press and hold Power End i to turn on your phone and try connecting to the Internet 9 Contact Sprint to verify the following Your subscription plan includes high speed data services Data services have been activated on your account Data coverage is available in your location There are no data ser
172. ht the application you want to fs Bes open Aces Quick Tour Bluetooth 3 Press Center C to open the selected application Coke Colendor_Contocts In Applications view you can also do any of the following Ga a B Press Applications repeatedly to cycle through various s a P 3 A GetEmol GetNuon_ GoogleMops lt categories of applications See Changing the Applications Settings on page 276 for more information on categories Enter the first few letters of the application s name to highlight it For example if you enter p it highlights Phone if you then enter r it highlights Prefs If you pause and then enter r it highlights the first application that starts with r You can also press and hold Applications from any screen on your device to select from a list of your most recently used applications 58 Section 2A Moving Around on Your Smart Device Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features In This Section Turning Your Device On and Off Opening the Phone Application Making Calls Receiving Calls Using Voicemail What Can Do When I m On a Call Defining Favorite Buttons Using a Phone Headset Customizing Phone Settings Controlling Your Roaming Experience Checking Signal Strength and Phone Status Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features 59 Turning Your Device O
173. ial 222 and press TALK on your smart device Wait for the prompt press 3 and then press 2 to order accessories You can also visit sorintcom Next day delivery is available in select areas 290 Vehicle Power Charger Charges your device in your vehicle using the car lighter socket Replacement Battery Serves as a backup battery if your primary battery becomes drained is charging or has reached the end of its useful life USB Sync Cable Provides an extra cable your device comes with one USB sync cable USB Docking Cradle Provides a convenient and elegant desktop solution for synchronizing information charging your device with any USB enabled PC or Mac computer and charging a second battery Extra AC Charger Provides an extra 100 240 volt AC charger for your device International Travel Adapters Provides snap on adapters for continental Europe the United Kingdom and Australia For use with the Extra AC Charger only Leather Side Case With Belt Clip Clips to your belt or bag for quick access and protection for your device Stylus Provides a replacement or spare stylus for your device Section 6B Customizing Your Device Section 7 Resources Sprint Y ahead 292 Section 7A Help In This Section Trouble Upgrading Resetting Your Palm Centro Smart Device Replacing the Battery Troubleshooting Making Room on Your Palm Centro Smart Device Third Party Applicat
174. ic files to device memory from a Mac For more information on using the iTunes software see the documentation that came with your Mac You can also use a card reader accessory sold separately to transfer music files from your computer to your expansion card Create a Audio folder in the root directory of the card and store your music files in this folder To transfer music files from your Mac to your Centro device do the following Drag and drop the music files onto the Send To Handheld droplet in the Palm folder Select your device name username the file name and the destination card Click OK Synchronize your device with your computer Be patient transferring music to an expansion card can take several minutes If you want greater control over the file size and sound quality of your music files select Custom from the Setting pop up menu A Dm Section 4B Listening to Music 203 Transferring Music From a CD to Your Device If your songs are on a CD and you want to listen to them on your device you need to convert them to a supported file format on your computer before you transfer the files to your device Pocket Tunes Deluxe supports MP3 AAC AAC eAAC WMA and WMA DRM file formats On a Windows computer 1 Open Sprint Music Manager 2 Insert the music CD into your computer s CD drive 3 Select My Audio CD from the column All Music on My PC 4 Select the songs you want to tra
175. ically appears Select the category pick list at the top of the screen and then select All Select Card Info amp Press Menu Select Format Card on the Card menu Select OK Section 6A Managing Files and Applications 269 270 Section 6A Managing Files and Applications Section 6B Customizing Your Device In This Section Setting System Sounds Adjusting the Display and Appearance Changing the Applications Settings Customizing Device Buttons Setting the Date and Time Optimizing Power Settings Locking Your Device and Information Using Connection Settings Purchasing Accessories for Your Device Section 6B Customizing Your Device 271 Setting System Sounds Silencing Sounds You can immediately silence all alerts ringtones music that plays through the built in speaker and system sounds by sliding the Ringer switch to Sound Off 5 This does not however mute the audio during a phone call 1 Slide the Ringer switch to Sound Off p Your device vibrates once to let you know that you ve turned sounds off 2 To hear all sounds again slide the Ringer switch to Sound On ps When you slide the Ringer switch back to Sound On ps it restores the previous sound settings 1 Sound Off 2 Sound On Your device includes a silent alarm that can vibrate even when the Ringer switch is set to Sound Off For information on setting the vi
176. ications G and select On Demand 2 Enter your preferred ZIP code and select Next 3 Accept the Terms and Conditions The On Demand service customizes itself to your location and the On Demand menu screen appears Accessing On Demand Information Finding the information you re looking for with On Demand is as easy as navigating a Web browser on your computer The following examples illustrate how to access News and Movies information Section 3A Sprint Power Vision 107 To access News information using On Demand 1 2 Press Applications G and select On Demand The On Demand menu screen appears From the On Demand menu screen highlight News the button name changes to Late Breaking News amp Photos and then press Center C Depending on which category you select you see a menu with additional options for this example you can select from subcategories such as Top Stories US News World News and Politics Select a subcategory and then select an article you would like to view The article appears Navigate the content as follows Press Up A or Down to scroll through the article Press Right to access the options at the bottom of the screen Movies information using On Demand 1 2 108 Press Applications and select On Demand The On Demand menu screen appears From the On Demand menu screen hi
177. ications you use most often You can arrange and display your applications by category reassign the buttons on your device and select default applications for specific tasks Arranging Applications by Category You can assign an application to a category and then display a specific category of applications in Applications view 1 Press Applications 2 Press Menu 3 Select Category on the App menu 276 Section 6B Customizing Your Device 4 Select the pick list next to each application and select a category 5 Select Done To create a new category select the category pick list and select Edit Categories Select New and then enter the category name Select OK to close the dialog box and then select OK again Displaying Applications by Category Do one of the following e Press Applications repeatedly to cycle through all your categories e Select the category pick list at the top of the screen and select the category you want to Selecting the Applications Display By default Applications view displays each application as an icon As an alternative you can view a list of applications The list view is particularly useful when you have so many applications in a category that the applications fill up more than one screen 1 aA wD display Select All to display all your applications Press Applications Press Menu Select Options and then select Prefer
178. ice names and 83 creating 84 170 173 174 defined 331 pass codes 31 See also passwords passkeys 84 172 Password box 286 password hints 286 passwords accessing online photo albums and 192 accessing voicemail and 31 changing 32 changing owner information and 288 creating 32 displaying private entries and 287 entering voicemail 68 69 forgetting 288 making phone calls and 71 80 protecting personal information and 285 recovering 288 resetting device and 297 Index sending instant messages and 153 sending Picture Mail messages and 144 Paste command 160 pasting 63 160 patches 251 Pause button 205 PCs See computers PDF files 132 236 237 pending alerts 146 pending messages 143 performance 25 83 personal accounts 32 326 327 personal calendar See calendar personal information 32 255 285 288 personal information managers See PIM software personalizing Web page content 107 phone See also phone calls phone numbers accessing directory assistance for 327 accessing operator services for 327 adjusting ringer volume for 90 answering 66 67 74 86 connecting to TTY TDD devices 94 customizing 86 94 dialing 62 65 80 92 enabling as modem 109 111 enabling Flash mode for 77 getting started with 28 29 hanging up 70 72 76 78 locking 284 285 making emergency calls and 337 maximizing battery life and 26 281 373 muting microphone for 71 redialing 65 roaming and 95 96 safety guidelines for 338 339 selecting aler
179. ick Keys and 79 searching on 248 sending messages and invalid 146 charger 19 21 24 charger adapter 24 charger cable 39 charger jack 19 charging the battery 23 24 25 chat preferences 150 chat session icon 149 chat sessions 105 148 152 Chat view 148 city information 240 city pick list 240 Clear Cache button 164 Clear cache on exit check box 164 Clear Cookies button 164 Clear Voicemail Icon button 93 clock 240 clock preferences 279 closing menus 49 phone as modem connections 111 pick lists 50 collect phone calls 327 color palette 185 color preferences 276 color coded category marker 227 color coding events 225 227 color coding messages 150 colored backgrounds 48 Colors Theme screen 276 command buttons 48 Index compact discs 204 completed tasks 231 232 completion dates 232 Compose dialog box 142 145 Compress Day View check box 227 compressed files 249 250 computers See also Mac computers Windows computers connecting to 38 removing applications from 252 storing pictures and videos on 194 synchronizing over 34 37 303 system requirements for 34 transferring music from 201 conduit software 38 307 Conf button 75 conference calls 74 75 76 78 Confirm message deletions check box 149 Connect to the Internet dialog box 104 connection icons 97 106 Connection Manager 110 Connection Manager icon 110 connections accessing corporate information and 138 browsing the Web and 155 156 161 173 closing 111 176 communi
180. ighlight an application that has both Calendar and Outlook in its name 6 Click Configure Select Desktop overwrites handheld and then click OK N 8 Synchronize your device and your computer 9 Repeat steps 6 through 8 to open the Calendar Change HotSync Action dialog box 10 Select Synchronize the files and then click OK If you re using Palm Desktop software 1 On your device press Calendar 6 Press Menu Select Options and then select Preferences Uncheck the New events use time zones box if it s checked On your computer open Palm Desktop software and correct the wrong entries On your computer manually enter any Calendar information you added to your device since the last time you synchronized 7 Click the HotSync manager icon in the taskbar and select Settings 8 Select Applications and then highlight Date Book 9 Click Configure 10 Select Desktop overwrites handheld and then click OK 11 Synchronize your device and your computer 12 Repeat steps 7 through 9 to open the Date Book Change HotSync Action dialog box 13 Select Synchronize the files and then click OK So aR amp ND To avoid this problem in the future do not assign time zones to your events Palm Desktop software does not support time zones Section 7A Help 309 Phone Signal Strength Is Weak Become familiar with low coverage areas where you live commute work and play Then you know when to expec
181. iles Using Sprint Mobile Email on page 123 Sprint Mobile Email sends and receives messages using existing email accounts Visit your email providers Web site for more information or to set up an account or ask your network administrator for assistance Section 3B Using Email 115 Getting Started With Sprint Mobile Email 1 Press Applications and then select Get Email sprint 2 Follow the onscreen instructions to download and install the Sprint Mobile Email application on your Centro device For more information and complete setup instructions visit sorintcom 3 When the installation is complete press Applications and select Sprint Mobile Email gt 4 Enter the phone number for your Centro device and select Next Welcome to Sprint R Mobile Email Please enter your mobile number T 5 Select an email provider from the list and select Next If your email provider is not listed see Configuring Other Email Get email from Accounts on Sprint Mobile Email on page 118 a ce 6 Select Accept to agree to the Terms of Use and continue with Hotmal account setup Select Decline to refuse the terms and end the M Gmail configuration More choices Yahoo provides my email account 7 Enter the User Name and Password for the email account Next 8 Select Register to initialize the service on your Centro device When a connection is establ
182. ility for any damage or loss caused by deletion of data as a result of malfunction dead battery or repairs Be sure to make backup copies of all important data on other media to protect against data loss Palm Take Back and Recycling Program This symbol indicates that Palm products should be recycled and not be disposed of in unsorted municipal waste Palm products should be sent to a facility that properly recycles electrical and electronic equipment For information on environmental programs visit palm com environment EEE As part of Palm s corporate commitment to be a good steward of the environment we strive to use environmentally friendly materials reduce waste and develop the highest standards in electronics recycling Our recycling program keeps Palm handheld devices smartphones and mobile companions out of landfills through evaluation and disposition for reuse and recycling Palm customers may participate in the recycling program free of charge Visit palm com recycle or in the US call 877 869 7256 for additional details and information about how you can help reduce electronic waste Table of Contents IN OQUCHON sicecisan ton Cap eio ware eGt adits awa iae Pd bead O dee ee 11 Section 1 Setting Up Your Smart Device and Your Computer 0000000 13 1A Setting Up Your Palm Centro Smart Device 0 0 c cece cence nce ee enneenees 15 Whar YouNeed i paca mieria at inate E ERE ea ant ads yeaah ieG Same wid
183. in a conference call by selecting Conf or finish the second call and return to the first call but you cannot switch between the two calls 6 Press Power End a to end both calls To return to the first call wait for the second call to hang up Answering a Second Call Call Waiting When you are on a Call you can receive a second call When the second call comes in you hear a call waiting tone and the Call Waiting dialog box appears You can do any of the following to handle the second call e To place the current call on hold and answer the new call press Talk 1 or use the 5 way to select Answer e To send the new call to voicemail use the 5 way to select Ignore e To send the new call to voicemail and send the caller a text message use the 5 way to select Ignore with Text 74 Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features e To hang up the current call and answer the new call press Power End i When the incoming call message reappears select Answer or press Talk 1 Once you have answered a second call to switch back and forth between the original call and the call you answered use the 5 way to select Swap When you answer a second call and then select Hang Up All it ends both calls In this situation if the first caller has not yet hung up the phone the Sprint National Network automatically redials your number from the first caller s number and you see an incoming call alert You can answer to con
184. in the application e Mask Records replaces private entries with a visual placeholder where the entry would normally appear 286 Section 6B Customizing Your Device After you enable the mask or hide settings any entries marked as private are immediately hidden or masked If you define a password you must enter it to display private entries If you do not define a password you or anyone else can reveal private entries without a password 1 Display the entry that you want to mark private 2 Select Details 3 Check the Private box 4 Select OK Hiding or Masking All Private Entries 1 Make sure the entries you want to hide or mask are marked private as described in the preceding procedure 2 Press Applications lt and select Security amp gt 3 Select the Current Privacy pick list and then select either Hide Records or Mask Records 4 lf prompted for your password enter it and select OK Viewing All Private Entries You can reveal all of the entries you ve hidden or masked 1 Press Applications and select Security b 2 Select the Current Privacy pick list and then select Show Records 3 If prompted for your password enter it and then select OK Viewing Private Entries in a Specific Application 1 Open the application that contains the private entries you want to see Press Menu Select Options and then select Security Select the Current Privacy pick list and then
185. information as well as email and calendar information is moved directly between your company s Exchange server and your smart device using either Microsoft Direct Push technology or synchronization Push is a feature provided by Microsoft ActiveSync that pushes email messages Calendar events meeting invitations and updated contact information it receives onto your device You retrieve contacts and email and calendar updates from the server they are not updated when you synchronize directly with your computer For additional information see Getting Messages From Your Corporate Microsoft Exchange Server Onto Your Device on page 138 VersaMail application users Adding a Contact 1 Press Phone 2 Select the Contacts favorite button Toe o O You can also open Contacts from Applications view 216 Section 5A Using Your Device s Organizer Features 3 Select New Contact 4 Use the 5 way to move between fields as you enter information SEARS ones 5 Optional Do any of the following Peire Ji Add a caller ID photo Select the Picture box and then do hingtona v Deteude one of the following on Select Camera to take a picture and add it to this contact Sime when you save the picture DO a v Select Photos to add an existing picture to this contact Add a caller ID ringtone Select the Ringtone pick list and select a ringtone from the list to give incom
186. ing 65 76 147 viewing 64 65 Phone Off message 61 97 phone preferences 76 92 93 Phone Preferences command 93 Phone Preferences screen 76 93 Index phone to computer connections 110 photo albums See albums Photo Settings screen 185 photos See also pictures adding voice captions to 182 attaching to email 130 132 deleting 182 printing 151 saving 182 184 pick lists 48 50 Pics amp Videos application creating albums and 188 opening 186 playing videos and 187 updating information in 40 viewing pictures and 186 viewing slide shows and 187 Pics amp Videos button 186 picture file types 158 picture formats 186 194 Picture Mail accessing online albums for 192 changing screen fonts for 274 defined 331 making phone calls and 65 72 sending messages and 142 143 151 setting up accounts for 144 troubleshooting 317 Picture Mail message icon 99 149 Picture Mail Online Services 151 Picture Mail service 180 Picture Mail Web site 145 192 Index pictures adding caller ID 91 217 adding to albums 188 adding to background 227 adding to chat sessions 148 assigning to contacts 191 backing up 194 copying 189 displaying 186 192 193 194 downloading 158 removing from albums 189 192 rotating 191 saving as wallpaper 191 sending 130 144 145 182 186 storing 322 synchronizing 40 taking 145 181 182 321 transferring to smart device 36 uploading 192 PIM software 331 plain text messages 137 Play icon 159 playback controls 1
187. ing calls from this contact a distinctive ring Place the entry in a category or mark it private Select Details see Working With Private Entries on page 286 for more information Add a note to an entry Select Note 0 Display additional fields for this contact Select Plus G You can assign a ringtone to an entire category of contacts For example use a special ringtone for categories such as Family Work or Golf Buddies Select the category pick list in the upper right corner select Edit Categories and then select the category Select a ringtone on the Edit Category screen 6 After you enter all the information select Done If you make an outgoing call or receive an incoming call that has caller ID and the phone number is not associated with a contact in your Contacts list you can either create a new contact for that number or add the number to an existing contact See Saving Phone Numbers on page 73 for details Section 5A Using Your Device s Organizer Features 217 Viewing or Changing Contact Information 1 In the Contacts list begin entering one of the following for the contact you want to view or edit First name JOH for John Last name SMI for Smith s First initial and last name JSM for John Smith 2 Select the name of the entry you want to open 3 Select Edit make changes to the entry as necessary and then select Done Viewing Directions to a Cont
188. ing means that another wireless service provider s network is available When you turn off your phone Phone Off appears T Your phone is on and is connected to the high speed Sprint Mobile aiil Broadband data network When the triangles are blue data is being transferred for example when you are opening a Web page when the triangles are gray you are connected to the network but data is not currently being transferred for example when you are viewing a Web page that is completely open In either state you can receive incoming calls or 44 Til Your phone is on and is connected to the Sprint 1xRTT data il network When the arrows are green data is being transferred for example when you are opening a Web page and you cannot receive calls When the arrows are gray you are connected to the network but data is not currently being transferred for example when you are viewing a Web page that is completely open and you can receive calls T i Your phone is on and you are within range of a Sprint data network uill but you do not have an active data connection You can receive incoming calls The Location ON option has been selected The icon appears with a red slash when the 911 only option has been selected See Setting Phone Preferences on page 93 for information Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features 98 Call forwarding is active TTY TDD mode is active
189. ion you ve added to your device since the last time you synchronized Click the HotSync manager icon in the taskbar and select Settings Select Applications and then highlight an application that has duplicate entries that also has Outlook in its name Click Configure Select Desktop overwrites handheld and then click OK If more than one application has duplicate entries repeat steps 4 through 6 for each application with duplicates Click Done Synchronize your device and your computer My Appointments Show Up in the Wrong Time Slot After Sync If you create an appointment in the wrong time zone for example your desktop was set to the wrong time zone it shows up in the wrong time zone on your device after you sync To be safe enable local network time see Setting the Date and Time on page 279 and avoid assigning time zones to your appointments see Creating an Event on page 221 If you re using Microsoft Outlook 1 308 Make sure that you installed the Microsoft Outlook conduit that came with your Centro smart device by Palm If you re not sure whether this software is installed reinstall it Open Microsoft Outlook and correct the wrong entries On your computer manually enter any Calendar information you added to your device since the last time you synchronized Click the HotSync manager icon in the taskbar and select Settings Section 7A Help 5 Select Applications and then h
190. ions Errors Where to Learn More Section 7A Help 293 Trouble Upgrading If you experience problems with your Palm Centro smart device after performing the upgrade steps described in Upgrading From Another Palm OS by ACCESS Device on page 35 you may have incompatible applications or settings that were not quarantined during the installation process These files reside in the Backup subfolder of your user folder Incompatible applications or settings can lead to numerous issues including system resets and freezes If you experience problems after upgrading follow these steps to correct the problem 1 Locate your user folder on your computer Windows If your device name is one word your user folder name is the first six characters of your device name If your device name is two words your user folder name consists of the first six characters of the second word of your device name followed by the first letter of the first word For example if your device name is John Smith your user folder is named SmithJ Your user folder is usually located inside one of the following folders C Program Files Palm C Program Files palmOne C Program Files Handspring Mac Your user folder name is the same as your device name and is usually found in this location lt Mac hard drive gt Users lt Your Mac username gt Documents Palm Users 2 Make a copy of your user folder and store it in a safe place
191. ipient The recipient can then use a Web browser to access this private Guest Book to view the pictures or videos and to enter comments You can view the comments later from the Sprint Picture Mail Web site If you are outside a coverage area or if your phone is off outgoing messages go into the Drafts folder When you return to a coverage area you can open the message in the Drafts folder and send it Messaging Tips e You can address messages to multiple recipients by separating the addresses with a comma e When entering message text you can insert emotive symbols by pressing and holding Center _ and selecting emoticons or insert predefined QuickText phrases by selecting QuickText and then selecting a phrase To add a new phrase select Edit QuickText from the list Section 3C Messaging 145 Not all the symbols that are available on your device can be used in your messages The Messaging application automatically replaces invalid characters before it sends messages You can send and receive text messages but not Picture Mail messages even while you are on a phone call This is easiest when using the hands free headset or speakerphone Receiving Messages When your phone is on and is in an area of wireless coverage you automatically receive new text messages You can also configure your device to notify you when a message arrives see Selecting Messaging Alert Tones on page 150 The new message alert may include an
192. ished Sprint Mobile Email retrieves your messages from the server and displays the messages in the account Inbox 116 Section 3B Using Email Configuring Additional Email Accounts on Sprint Mobile Email 1 Press Applications and then select Sprint Mobile Email 2 Select Account Manager Gi Sprint R Mobile 3 03pm pv Gmail Inbox 1 new since 2 25 pm 7 26 07 Yahoo Inb o 2unread Contact Finder f File Finder amp Account Manager Add modify or delete services Six 0 3 Select Add Account Yahoo 4 Select an email provider from the list If your email provider is P ccount not listed see Configuring Other Email Accounts on Sprint Mobile Email on page 118 5 Select Accept to agree to the Terms of Use and continue with account setup Select Decline to terminate the account configuration Add additional isp or work accounts 6 Enter the User Name and Password for the email account 7 Select Register to initialize the service on your Centro device When a connection is established Sprint Mobile Email retrieves your messages and displays them in your Inbox Section 3B Using Email 117 Configuring Other Email Accounts on Sprint Mobile Email 1 If your email provider does not appear in the list of providers gt select More choices from the Get email from screen and select Get email from Next gt AOL Mail
193. ist 5 Select OK 92 Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features Setting Phone Preferences 1 Press Phone amp 2 Press Menu 3 Select Options and then select Phone Preferences Phone Preferences 7 J Call forward Off 4 Select any one or more of the following preferences TT Call forwarding lets you forward calls to another number O Short DTMF Tones See Call Forwarding on page 76 for details CrN O TTY TDD Off Location ON allows the Sprint National Network to O Hearing Aid Compatibility determine your longitude and latitude position at any time in Askyeeddunknown phone order to provide location specific services 911 Only restricts your location information to emergency services only Your device is equipped with a location feature for use in connection with location based services Currently the location information is used to help identify your longitude and latitude position during an emergency call in areas where E 911 service is available For your safety your location information is always provided during a 911 emergency call regardless of whether you select this setting Short DTMF Tones lets you choose to send DTMF tones a certain type of touch tone dialing tone stored as Extra Digits as rapid tones see Defining Favorite Buttons on page 78 for information on defining extra digits Note Some older answering machines may not recogniz
194. ize or By Date e To quickly switch between folders for example the Inbox folder and the Sent folder 128 select the folder pick list at the top of the screen and select the desired folder Section 3B Using Email Replying to Email Messages 1 From the Inbox or another folder open the message to which you want to respond From Palm ine 2 From Message view select Reply Select whether to reply to pandhak Date Thu Nov 10 2005 1 31 pm just the sender or to both the sender and all other addressees Size 2K on the message 3 Enter your reply and then select Send To joe jmswordsmith com l Subj New applications for your Software Store Palm OS U When you respond to messages you can select whether to include the original text see Setting Email Preferences on page 134 Creating and Sending Email Messages 1 Press Applications A and select Email 44 to open the VersaMail application 2 From the Inbox select New New Message 3 Begin entering the last name If the in Contacts VersaMail displays the matching contacts To accept a i To employees example com addressee s email address first name or Subj Payroll dates ormation matches one or more entries in Have been changed to the Sth and the 19th because of the holiday suggestion select the correct contact To send to a different address keep entering the email address o
195. izing Information The Basics on page 39 Section 6B Customizing Your Device 285 Press Applications and select Security amp Select the Password box Assign a password and a password hint Select the Auto Lock Device box When prompted enter your password and then select OK Select one of the following options Sar WON Never prevents your device from locking automatically You can still lock your system manually by selecting Lock amp Turn Off and then selecting Off amp Lock On power off locks your device when you turn off the screen or when it shuts off with the Auto off feature Ata preset time locks your device at a specific time of day After a preset delay locks your device after a period of inactivity 7 Select OK 8 Do one of the following Select Lock amp Turn Off to lock your device immediately Current Privacy Show Records Automatically lock device Never Ata preset time After a preset dela Your device will not lock automatically CO Gap Press Applications to accept your settings and continue using your device Working With Private Entries In most applications you can mark individual entries as private All private entries remain visible and accessible until you select the Security setting You have two Security setting options Hide Records prevents private entries from appearing anywhere
196. ket Tunes Deluxe supports MP3 AAC AAC eAAC WMA and WMA DRM file formats From a Windows computer you can transfer music files to your smart device or to an expansion card sold separately Mac users must transfer music files to an expansion card Section 4B Listening to Music 195 Sprint Music Manager Overview Sprint Music Manager is a Windows desktop application that keeps all your favorite tunes organized and available Use Sprint Music Manager to purchase and download music from the Sprint Music Store copy music files from a CD to your PC and organize all your songs into playlists Sprint Music Manager is not supported on Mac computers See Transferring Music Files From Your Computer Mac on page 203 for information on using a Mac to transfer music files This section includes the following topics Sprint Music Manager Overview below Accessing the Quick Start Guide on page 197 Downloading and Purchasing Music From the Sprint Music Store on page 198 Playing Music With the Sprint Music Manager on page 198 Searching for Music Files on Your Computer on page 199 Managing the Files in Your Library on page 200 To transfer your music to your device refer to Transferring Music Files From Your Computer Windows on page 201 Sprint Music Manager Overview To install the Sprint Music Manager desktop software on a Windows PC follow these instructions
197. l message Select Cancel to return to the message without attaching a file 5 Select Send to send the message and any attachments LOL New Message Section 3B Using Email 4 08pm name company com Water lilly 1 Attachments 82K See the attached photo 123 The VersaMail Application The VersaMail application enables you to access up to eight email accounts personal or corporate You can view attachments through the Documents application on your device and interface with your corporate Global Address List GAL VersaMail also supports Microsoft Direct Push synchronization of email and personal information as messages are received on the server they are automatically downloaded to your device Before you can use VersaMail you need to enter your email account settings If you have multiple email accounts you must enter settings for each account This guide includes basic information on sending and receiving email messages For additional information on using and customizing Versamail see the User Guide for the VersaMail Application located on your Palm Software Installation CD or visit palm com us support centro centro_sprint for more information How Do Get Started 1 If either of the following is true see the User Guide for the VersaMail Application located on your CD for setup steps You used the VersaMail application on your previous device or smartphone and you want to transfer your settings an
198. ld to address the message fanran nae Press Center _ If the recipients name appears in the list of recent addresses select it from the list If the recipient is in your Contacts list enter the first initial Qo and last name no spaces and then select the recipient s phone number or email address depending on where you want to send the message If the recipient s name isn t in the list of recent addresses or your Contacts list enter the phone number or email address s If you address the message to a short code the text and corresponding number is displayed when you jump down to the body of the message Short codes also 142 Section 3C Messaging known as short numbers are brief easy to remember telephone numbers and text codes used to send text and multimedia messages for voting polling contests surveys chat games and other applications For more information on short text codes visit usshortcodeswhois com If you see numbers when you expect to see letters or the other way around you need to turn Option Lock on by pressing Option twice or turn it off by pressing Option once 4 Press Down to jump to the body of the message 5 Enter your message or select QuickText to insert predefined phrases To insert emoticons select Some symbols can t be used in text messages The Messaging application automatically replaces invalid characters 6 Optional Press Menu and
199. lect the bullet next to the icon of each message that you want to delete To select adjacent messages drag the stylus so that it touches the bullet to the left of each message Lift the stylus and drag it again to select more adjacent messages 2 Press Menu Select Delete on the Message menu 4 lf a confirmation message appears select OK to confirm the deletion 9 Section 3B Using Email 133 Deleting Email Messages by Date You can quickly delete a group of messages by selecting a range of dates 1 From the Inbox or any folder press Menu Select Delete Old on the Message menu Select the folder and a date range for the messages you want to delete Select Delete Select Also delete message s on server if you want to delete the messages from the server now If you delete a message on the server you cannot retrieve it and view it again later 6 Select OK If a confirmation dialog box appears select OK to confirm deletion aA wD To empty or purge the Trash folder open the Message menu and select Empty Trash See the User Guide for the VersaMail Application located on your Palm Software Installation CD or visit palm com us support centro centro_sprint for more information Switching Between Email Accounts You can switch between different email accounts for example between your work and your personal account 1 From any mailbox screen press Menu 2 Select Accounts and then select an acco
200. lessly or use your phone as a wireless modem You can create a list of Bluetooth devices that you trust to communicate with your Centro device When communicating with trusted devices your Centro device skips the discovery process and creates a secure link as long as the device is within range Bluetooth range is up to 10 meters in ideal conditions Performance and range are affected by physical obstacles radio interference from nearby electronic equipment and other factors When you configure a headset see Connecting to a Bluetooth Hands Free Device on page 83 the headset is automatically added to your trusted device list Follow the steps in this section to add other devices to your trusted device list such as your computer or GPS device enabled with Bluetooth technology Entering Basic Bluetooth Settings To use your Centro device s Bluetooth functionality you need to turn the Bluetooth feature on and you may need to make your device either temporarily or permanently visible You can also enter a name for your device 1 Press Applications 4 and select Bluetooth lt b EEA oul 2 Select Bluetooth On Bluetooth EEN Off Bluetooth Wireless 3 Optional Enter a device name that identifies your Technology is On Centro device when it is discovered by other Bluetooth devices Device Name Paim Device Visibility Visible 170 Section 3G Using Bluetooth Wireless Technology and Dial Up Networking
201. light the item you want and then press Center _ to select the highlighted item To exit the pick list without making a selection press Left lt or Right e Use your stylus to tap the pick list and then tap the item you want from the list To exit the pick list without making a selection tap outside the list security Password Password Unassigned Unassigned Auto Lock Device Auto Lock Device Never Never Current Privacy Curre Show pee e festera Hide Records Lock Turn ott Help Section 2A Moving Around on Your Smart Device Using the Keyboard When using the keyboard most people find it easiest to hold the device with two hands and use the tips of both thumbs to press the keys al wleltaltd VU co le alis ColPAfallu le ass VECevethiRc e 2 J0 Option Shift Find Space Backlight Backspace Return Menu Alt ONoOoRWND Section 2A Moving Around on Your Smart Device 51 52 The Backspace Return Space and Shift keys as well as the letter keys work in the same way as do those found on any computer keyboard In addition your device offers several special function keys Key Function Option When pressed in conjunction with a second key gives that key an alternate function For example e Option lt any lettered key gt enters the symbol or number displayed at the top of the key e Opti
202. linking Bell at the Upper Left Corner of the Screen The blinking bell A in the upper left corner of the screen is the Alert Manager symbol It appears when you have alarms or messages that you haven t acknowledged 1 Press and hold Center _ or tap the Alert Manager symbol A with your stylus 2 When the list of pending alerts appears do either of the following Select the alert text to view the item and keep it in the list Check the box next to an alert to clear it from the list and then select Done Synchronization Synchronization backs up the information from your device onto your computer and vice versa If you ever need to perform a hard reset or otherwise need to erase all your information on your device you can synchronize your device with your computer to restore the information Similarly if your computer crashes and your Palm Desktop software information is damaged you can recover your information by synchronizing with your device To make sure you always have an up to date backup of your information synchronize frequently This section describes synchronization between your Centro device and a desktop computer running Palm Desktop software You can also synchronize the information on your device using third party applications See the separate documentation for other applications for information on features and configuration Before you attempt to synchronize make sure you ve installed the desktop synchronization s
203. lling Bonus Software From My Centro on Your Device My Centro lets you download and install bonus software that you can use on your device If the bonus software has a desktop component in addition to a device component you need to download the software to your computer first See Installing Bonus Software From Your Computer on page 250 for component 1 Press Applications information on installing software that includes a desktop A and select My Centro By 2 Select the Bonus tab 3 Select the Install link below the name of the application you want to install 4 Repeat step 3 to install additional applications You can also download and install Sprint approved applications and utilities from the Sprint download site Visit softwarestore sprintcom for more information Installing Applications From the Internet You can use the Web browser on your device to install Palm OS files PRC or PDB directly from the Internet When you download a PRC or PDB file it is automatically installed on your device If a file is compressed if it is a ZIP or SIT file you need to download it to your computer and expand the file before installing it on your device 1 Open the Web browser see Viewing a Web Page on page 156 2 Go to the page that contains the link to the application you want to download 3 Press Left 4 or Right initiate the download process to highlight the link to the file and then p
204. low these steps to retry the installation The Palm Software Installation CD installs software that enables you to synchronize using Palm Desktop software or Microsoft Outlook for Windows If you want to synchronize using a different personal information manager PIM you must install a third party solution Contact the PIM s author or vendor to learn whether desktop software is available for your new Centro device 1 Make sure your computer profile includes administrator rights to install software In large organizations these are usually granted by the system administrator 2 Restart your computer Quit any active applications including virus scanners and Internet security applications 4 Make sure you re installing the software from the Palm Software Installation CD that came with your new Centro smart device by Palm Other versions of the desktop software may not work with this device 5 Insert the Palm Software Installation CD to restart the installation ad Always use the same language for your Centro device your operating system and your desktop software Otherwise you may lose information or have difficulty with synchronization Support is not provided for mismatched language setups Section 7A Help 301 Screen The Screen Appears Blank 1 4 5 6 When a call lasts longer than the limit specified in Power Preferences the screen dims automatically In certain lighting condi
205. m From Yahoo lt mailbot yahoo com gt y Show Details y The start of something big You re gonna love the beauty and he mine A 41 2 he Forward icon to forward the message to a new recipient Tap the onscreen arrows gt or 4 at the bottom of the message to view the previous or next a Select message in the Inbox he Back icon to return to the Inbox Section 3B Using Email Select Show Details to view additional information in the header of the message 121 Creating and Sending Messages Using Sprint Mobile Email 1 Open Sprint Mobile Email and select an email account to open the Inbox for that account 2 Select the Compose 4 icon SILO NewMessoge _ 9 57pm 3 Begin entering the addressee s email address first name or last 1g esemPanvom name If the information matches one or more entries in ot Garis Contacts Sprint Mobile Email displays the matching contacts To J accept a suggestion highlight the correct contact and press EES See the attached photo Center _ To send to a different address keep entering the email address or name 4 Optional Enter additional addresses in the Cc and Bcc fields For multiple recipients in any field enter a semicolon and then a space before entering the next recipient name or address 5 Enter the subject and message text To move between fields press Up or Down Y You can mark outgoing messages as high priority P
206. mark List Title Bookmarks YahooiNews Weather Google Loca ESPN Google Mapquest B 0 300 O st 6C 0O eO 9 0 162 Section 3D Browsing the Web Customizing Your Web Browser Settings 1 Press Menu 2 Select Options and then select Preferences 3 Select Page and set any of the following preferences Start With indicates which view is displayed every time you Se open the Web browser Home Page indicates which Web page appears when you Start Withs Last Page Viewed select Q sna i Restore Default resets the home page to the original Sprint Restore Dera Power Vision home page if you changed it amp Show Address Bar Show Address Bar indicates whether the Web address CICE appears in Page view When the address bar is visible you can select the pick list next to it to go to a previously viewed page or enter a URL directly from Page view 4 Select General and set any of the following preferences Auto complete indicates whether the Web browser suggests Preferences 9 text based on your previous entries when you enter Page General Advanced _ information amp Auto complete O Disable cookies Disable cookies indicates whether Web sites can store O Disable Javascript f 2 k f Tap and Drag Selects Text personalized information on your Centro device Some sites Fost mode j j i amp Disable cascading style sheets do not work properly if you select this option her pleersent iat
207. ming 5 Select the Before outgoing calls pick list to set whether roaming when roaming warn me warnings appear when you attempt to dial an outgoing call Before outgoing calls A NH Automatic Automatic enables your Centro device to determine whether Before data connections Automatic itis best to warn you when you make an outgoing call while roaming Always causes an alert to appear each time you make an outgoing call while roaming Never suppresses alerts when you make an outgoing call while roaming 6 Select the Before data connections pick list to set whether roaming warnings appear when you attempt to make a data connection for example to browse the Web Automatic enables your Centro device to determine whether it is best to warn you when you make a data connection while roaming Always causes an alert to appear each time you make a data connection while roaming Never suppresses alerts when you make a data connection while roaming 7 Select OK 96 Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features Checking Signal Strength and Phone Status You can monitor the status of your device s signal strength and several other items using icons in the title bar of the Phone application Sprint Your phone is on and you re inside the Sprint National Network If you are outside a coverage area No Service or Roaming appears instead No Service means that there is no coverage at all and Roam
208. mory limit for storing pages option 164 Setup Devices screen 84 172 174 Shift Find key 53 short code 142 Short DTMF Tones check box 93 Short Messaging Service See SMS messaging services Show Address Bar check box 163 Show Calendar event check box 87 221 Show Categories check box 232 Show Category Column check box 227 Show Category List check box 227 228 Show Completed Tasks check box 232 Show Dial Pad option 87 Show Due Dates check box 232 Show Due Tasks check box 227 Show Favorite buttons check box 87 Show Message Alerts check box 150 Show Messages check box 227 Show Priorities check box 232 Show Records option 287 Show Time Bars check box 227 Show timestamps check box 150 Show Wallpaper option 87 Index Showbiz selection 108 Shutter sound pick list 185 Side button 17 278 signal 26 61 Signal faded pick list 89 signal strength 25 97 310 signal strength icon 61 Signature command 138 signatures 138 silencing system sounds 272 silent alarm 272 SIT files 250 Skip Pass Code feature 31 slide show options 187 slide shows 187 slider 47 smart device charging 23 24 connecting to computers 38 110 connecting to power sources 23 customizing 271 discovering 255 extending storage capacity of 264 finding compatible devices for 82 313 freeing space on 321 getting additional information about 325 getting phone number for 30 locking 285 286 monitoring status of 97 99 not responding 295 not turning on 25 positioning 311 purch
209. n and Off Throughout this guide the term device is used to describe your Palm Centro smart device and its physical attributes The term phone is used to describe the feature of your smart device that enables you to connect to the Sprint National Network You can turn on your device screen and your phone independently For example the device screen can be off while the phone is on or the device screen can be on while the phone is off You can also have both the device screen and the phone turned on or off at the same time Waking Up the Screen When your device screen is off you need to wake up the screen 1 Press and release Power End i to wake up the screen 1 Center 2 Power End 2 Press Center _ to turn off Keyguard For more information about turning Keyguard on and off see Locking Your Keyboard Keyguard on page 282 3 Press and release Power End to turn off the screen You can also press any of the application quick buttons on the front of your device to wake up the screen and to go directly to the application associated with that button 60 Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features Turning Your Device s Phone On and Off When your phone is on it is connected to the Sprint National Network provided you are in a coverage area so that you can make and receive phone calls and use wireless services such as email messaging and the Web browser During initial set
210. n and view P P a gm 900 am 1 2 06 the alert item message event missed call and so on O MissedCan e Select Done to close the Alert screen and return to whatever you were doing on your device before you opened the Alert screen The bell continues to blink in the upper left corner of the screen e Select Snooze to temporarily close the Alert screen and return to whatever you were doing on your device before you opened the Alert screen The screen reappears every five minutes until you select one of the other options e Select Clear All to delete all alerts on the Alert screen 100 Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features Section 3 Using Sprint Power Vision and Other Wireless Connections Sprint Y ahead 102 Section 3A Sprint Power Vision In This Section Getting Started With Sprint Power Vision Sprint Power Vision Features Accessing Sprint Power Vision Personalizing Your Service With On Demand Using Your Device s Phone as a Modem Section 3A Sprint Power Vision 103 Getting Started With Sprint Power Vision Sprint Power Vision provides wireless access to the Internet anywhere on the Sprint National Network To sign up for Sprint Power Vision services or to access complete instructions visit sorint com For information on charges associated with features that use a Sprint Power Vision connection refer to your Sprint Service Plan Enabling Sprint Power Vision 1
211. n front of the area code Select Options and then select Dial Preferences International Prefix When dialing automatically add to 6 digit numbers Dialing from North America formats phone numbers to 5 digit numbers using North American conventions XXX XXX XXXX to 4digit numbers Always dial 1 in front of the area code adds a 1 in front of 10 digit phone numbers you dial from Contacts see Dialing by Contact Name on page 63 A 1 is not automatically entered if you dial using the keyboard or the Dial Pad This option is available only when Dialing from North America is enabled International Prefix adds the specified prefix in front of international phone numbers in the U S and Canada this prefix is 011 When you dial the plus symbol preceding the phone number is replaced by this prefix To 7 digit numbers adds a prefix to 7 digit numbers For example enter your own area code to automatically add your area code when you dial local numbers To 6 5 4 digit numbers adds a prefix to numbers with the specified number of digits For example if all the phone numbers in your office begin with 555 followed by a 4 digit extension you can select 4 and enter 555 as the prefix When you want to call a colleague simply enter the colleague s 4 digit extension Your device automatically dials 555 plus the 4 digit extension You can also create contact entries with just the extension number and then dial the number from your Contacts l
212. n page 258 42 Section 1C Synchronizing Information Section 2 Getting to Know Your Palm Centro Smart Device Sprint Y ahead 44 Section 2A Moving Around on Your Smart Device In This Section Moving Around the Device Screen Using the Keyboard Opening Applications Section 2A Moving Around on Your Smart Device 45 Moving Around the Device Screen To move around the screen on your Palm Centro smart device you can use the 5 way navigator for one handed navigation or you can tap items on the screen with the stylus With use you can find your own favorite way to scroll highlight and select menu items Some third party applications may not work with the 5 way and you must use the stylus instead In this guide arrow icons are used to indicate directions on the 5 way These arrows are different from any onscreen scroll arrows or pick list arrows The 5 way includes Right gt Le Down w and Center C buttons ee a aur C ue Ilo eJ R Et yI Up Right Down Left Center ahwoON Scrolling Through Screens As on a computer you scroll on the Centro device to move from field to field or page to page or in some cases to highlight an item or option in a list 46 Section 2A Moving Around on Your Smart Device The behavior of the 5 way for list screens and entry screens varies by application Here are some general scrolling tips that apply
213. nate the session and end all active conversations When you confirm you officially sign out and your contacts see you as unavailable To resume instant messaging you must sign in again to the IM provider 154 Section 3C Messaging Section 3D Browsing the Web In This Section Viewing a Web Page Working With Web Pages Working With Bookmarks and Saved Pages Customizing Your Web Browser Settings The Web browser on your Palm Centro smart device provides quick and easy access to Web pages You can view most of the sites you use on your computer including those with security and advanced features such as JavaScript and frames To browse the Web you must activate Sprint Power Vision data services See Enabling Sprint Power Vision on page 104 Section 3D Browsing the Web 155 Viewing a Web Page The Web browser uses patent pending technology to optimize Web pages for your device By default the browser reformats Web pages into a single column and resizes images on your screen That way you can see most of the content without scrolling left or right 1 Make sure your phone is turned on see Turning Your Device s Phone On and Off on page 61 2 Press Applications and confirm that data services are available You should see either the Till or the Till icon If you do not see either of the above icons data services are not available in your current location and you cannot connect to the
214. ncheck this box If Daylight Saving Time is observed enter Start and End dates 7 Se 240 ect OK Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity Setting an Alarm The next time you travel don t rely on a hotel alarm clock to get you to that important meeting use your device instead World Clock includes a built in alarm feature that you can use as a travel alarm i Make sure the Ringer switch is set to Sound On so that you can hear the alarm 1 Select Off in the upper right corner 2 Select the time you want the alarm to sound 3 Select OK To customize the alarm sound and volume open the Options menu and select Alarm Preferences World Clock Tips e Run your stylus over the map to see the time in other cities e The shadow over the map represents nighttime moving across the globe Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 241 Calculator The Calculator application includes a basic calculator plus an advanced calculator with scientific financial and conversion functions Switching Between Basic and Advanced Calculator Modes 1 Press Applications and select Calc 4B 2 Press Menu 3 Select Options and then select Advanced Mode or Basic Mode Math Float Degrees me AE iS Ke o B go 2 fe B i fc fro ie i i In Basic Mode you can also press Right on the 5 way to switch to Advanced Mode In Advanced Mode press Right on the 5 way to cycle between functions
215. ndex turning screen on and off 60 TV application 105 210 211 TV Guide 109 U unanswered calls 31 unauthorized calls 284 unauthorized users 31 282 Unfiled category 255 258 uninstalling Palm Desktop software 305 Unknown Caller pick list 88 unknown senders 255 unlocking smart device 29 285 unread messages 99 137 148 227 Unread messages check box 137 untimed events 224 228 Untimed Events check box 228 up arrow icon 53 Update Vision Profile command 324 updates 326 upgrades 35 36 294 Upload icon 193 Upload to Online Albums option 182 184 193 uppercase letters 53 urgent messages 148 URLs 147 156 163 USB hubs 38 USB port 38 USB sync cable 20 23 39 41 Use color for pick list 150 user discussion groups 326 User folder 332 Index user folders 303 User Guide 325 user names 106 127 v vCal attachments 315 vCard attachments 315 vehicle power charger 24 VersaMail accessing corporate information and 138 changing screen fonts for 274 creating messages and 129 customizing 134 138 deleting messages and 133 134 downloading attachments and 132 opening 128 retrieving messages and 128 135 136 138 sending messages and 130 137 setting up accounts for 124 127 version information 253 Vibrate pick list 88 89 vibrating alarms 88 89 272 video clips accessing online services for 151 adding to chat sessions 148 backing up 194 copying 189 202 deleting 184 displaying 184 187 19
216. nel list select Home Media Player gt 3 To stream audio or video content select a channel The 4 x n My Chi l icon indicates audio content the amp icon indicates video content The G icon indicates that the channel contains E nanara nino multiple content items Select the channel to view all items z E aT 33 G Video Clip 2 34 G Video Clip 3 35 amp Video Clip 4 Available Channels To view information about the selected channel or program select Info After you finish viewing the information select Done 4 Optional Select Stop or press Center _ to pause the server connection before streaming begins Select Play e or press Center _ again to resume streaming From a channel or folder screen you can also use the keyboard to enter a channel number and then select OK to go to that channel 210 Section 4C Watching TV Viewing Streamed Media Once you connect to the server playback begins immediately Use the following controls when viewing or listening to streaming media e Select k to return to the channel list Select or press Center C to pause playback of nonlive content such as videos on demand e Selec or press Center _ to stop playback of live content e Selec F or press Center C to resume playback after pausing or to begin viewing again after stopping e Select or press Left 4 to view the channel list with the fir
217. new voicemail message has arrived Coverage in out to indicate if you ve moved in or out of a coverage area Signal faded to indicate if the network signal lost strength or disappeared and a call was dropped Select Done Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features 89 Adjusting Call Volume While a call is in progress press the Volume button on the side of your device to adjust the call volume 1 Volume Button 2 Side Button Adjusting Ringer Volume e When you are not on a call press the Volume button on the side of your device to adjust the ringer volume and then press the Side button to confirm the change As you increase the volume to the maximum level a high volume warning message appears Assigning a Caller ID Ringtone Caller ID ringtones can let you know who is calling before you even look at your device This is a great way to keep track of calls from important people in your life and to screen calls you d prefer not to answer 90 Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features 1 Press Phone X Default Treo arm Al 2 Select the Contacts favorite button Fest nam Alarm Flute Pictur Alarm Triangle 3 Open the contact entry to which you want to assign a caller ID Mert Beep ringtone and then select Edit lit Si Company Bach Partita 4 Select the Ringtone pick list and select a ringtone for this oa Bach Sonata hi 1 ir contact
218. next two minutes Your device 254 Section 6A Managing Files and Applications reverts to the Hidden setting and becomes inaccessible to other devices after two minutes 4 Use the other device to discover your Centro device and send information to it See the other device s documentation to learn how to discover and send information over a Bluetooth wireless connection If the Ringer switch is set to Sound On ps your Centro device beeps to notify you of the connection and then prompts you to accept the information Select a category or expansion card to file the item If you don t select a category the item goes into the Unfiled category 5 Select Yes to receive the information or No to refuse it As a security measure your Centro device does not accept any information unless you select Yes to receive the information To protect your information do not accept any information from an unknown sender Beaming Information Your Centro device is equipped with an IR infrared port that enables you to beam information to another Palm OS by ACCESS device with an IR port The IR port is located on the side of your device above the expansion card slot door behind the small dark shield IR Port Section 6A Managing Files and Applications 255 For best results the path between the two devices must be clear of obstacles and both devices must be kept stationary If you have difficulty beaming sh
219. ng 147 dialing from 65 displaying 148 receiving 146 sending 142 143 144 troubleshooting problems with 316 viewing status of 98 99 148 text messaging 26 105 142 149 See also text messages text messaging service 331 Text Telephone devices 94 third party applications 5 way navigator and 46 getting help with 251 installing 248 250 295 322 resetting device and 296 297 searching 248 synchronizing with 38 303 transferring to device 35 36 troubleshooting 322 323 viewing error messages for 324 third party phone calls 327 third party utilities 35 three way calling 75 76 Thumbnail view 186 188 192 time 240 279 382 See also clock time bars in calendar 227 time formats 275 Time pick list 275 time slots 224 227 time stamps 150 Time Zone pick list 222 time zones 222 279 309 timed events 222 228 Timed Events check box 228 Tips command 325 Tips icon 325 To Do lists See tasks Touchscreen Preferences screen 275 touch sensitive features 283 touch sensitive screen See screen touch tone dialing 93 transmitting location information 93 Trash folder 133 134 travel adapters 290 trigonometric functions 242 troubleshooting 301 326 truncated messages 128 Trusted Device list 171 Trusted Devices button 172 174 Trusted Devices screen 320 trusted devices See partnerships trusted pairs See partnerships TTY TDD devices 94 TTY TDD mode icon 98 TTY TDD pick list 94 TTY TDD preferences 94 turning phone on and off 60 61 I
220. ng Up All button 70 72 75 hard resets 285 296 hardware 16 headset button 82 headset icon 84 98 headset jack 20 headsets 20 72 81 82 98 Hearing Aid Compatibility setting 94 342 hearing devices 94 340 342 help 32 251 323 325 hexadecimal characters 243 Hide Records option 286 287 highlight 47 highlighting items on screen 47 50 menu items 49 phone numbers 65 text 48 Index Web links 157 high speed connections 97 111 hints 286 History command 160 History list 160 Hold button 71 74 holidays 224 home city 240 home pages 163 HotSync button 278 HotSync Log 306 HotSync manager 258 262 330 HotSync manager icon 258 HotSync technology 330 See also synchronizing HTML formats 137 hyperlinks See Web links I icons 97 277 318 Ignore button 67 Ignore with Text button 67 IM application 152 IM icon 153 images See also pictures adding as wallpaper 87 disabling Web page 164 displaying on Web pages 156 320 saving 159 IMAP servers 115 136 inactive connection icon 97 Inbox 99 128 129 148 Index Inbox icons 128 Incoming calls received check box 284 Incoming command 136 Incoming dialog box 136 incompatible applications 35 294 indicator light 17 23 Info screen 253 information backing up 34 35 beaming 255 258 draining battery and 25 entering 53 losing 288 296 marking as private 286 287 overwriting 259 protecting 32 255 282 285 286 receiving over Bluetooth connections 254 restoring 303 sendin
221. ng folder 2 f you find a PRC or PDB file for the application you just removed delete the file from the Backup folder 3 Delete the file from your device again 252 Section 6A Managing Files and Applications Viewing Application Information The Info screens display basic statistics about the applications on your Centro device 1 2 3 4 Press Applications Press Menu Select Info on the App menu At the bottom of the screen select the type of information you want to view Device v Phone i f PON Free Space 59 9M of 60 0M Version displays the version numbers of your applications ocsLib loc Size displays the size in kilobytes of your applications and Maptib information Memo Pad Records displays the number of entries in your applications Merzagesteretiny MessageStoreLibr Scroll to the application you want to see information about EEE Records Select Done Sending Information Using Bluetooth Wireless Technology Sending Entries Over a Bluetooth Wireless Connection In most applications you can send an individual entry or item such as a contact or a picture You can also send all the entries in a category such as all contacts in the Business category 1 2 3 4 5 Press Applications and select Bluetooth D Select Bluetooth On Press Applications and open the application containing the information you want to send
222. ng from the Dial Pad Show Calendar event sets whether the current event from the Calendar application appears in the Main view of the Phone application When this option is enabled you can then select this event to jump to the Calendar application Show Favorite buttons sets whether Favorites appear in the Main view of the Phone application Rows sets the number of favorite button rows that appear in the Main view of the Phone application 5 Select OK Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features 87 Selecting Ringtones You can set various tones for various types of incoming phone calls You can download any compatible ringtone directly to your device see Downloading Files From a Web Page on page 158 You can also download ringtones to your computer and then email them to your device 1 Press Phone X Sound Sera Application Ring Tones 2 Press Menu veh a 3 Select Options and then select Sound Preferences Verot Sensor Ce O Escalate ring tone volume 4 Select the Application pick list and then select Ring Tones Known Caller Treo Unknown Caller Treo 5 Select the Volume pick list and then select the volume level Roaming Treo 6 Select the Vibrate pick list and then select when you want the vibrate option to turn on one C New _ Manage Tips 7 Optional Check the Escalate ring tone volume box if you want the ring to play
223. nge ActiveSync account see the User Guide for the VersaMail Application located on your Palm Software Installation CD or visit palm com us support centro centro_sprint for more information Section 3B Using Email 139 140 Section 3B Using Email Section 3C Messaging In This Section Creating and Sending Messages Receiving Messages Using Messaging to Chat Managing Your Messages Customizing Your Messaging Settings Using Online Services Using Sprint Instant Messaging Section 3C Messaging 141 Creating and Sending Messages You can exchange brief text messages with other wireless phones that have text messaging capability You can also send Sprint Picture Mail messages including images videos voice memos and text to other users Both text messages and Sprint Picture Mail messages can also be sent to email addresses Before you use your Palm Centro smart device to send or receive messages please verify pricing and availability with Sprint Before you use Messaging make sure your phone is turned on as described in Turning Your Device s Phone On and Off on page 61 Creating and Sending a Text Message You can exchange text messages of up to 160 characters If you send a text message to an email address the email address is deducted from the 160 character count 1 Press Messaging F 17 characters la 2 Select New To 510 555 3333 3 Select the To fie
224. nge the device name you need to recreate any partnerships you have already created 4 Prepare your hands free device to accept a connection from another Bluetooth device For instructions see the documentation that came with your hands free device Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features 83 5 Select Setup Devices Setup Devices A 6 Select Hands free Setup or Ta Qese 7 Follow the onscreen instructions to create a partnership with the Configure a Bluetooth headset es kit fi devi specific hands free device When prompted enter a passkey a mehninl neh HotSync Setup Configure Bluetooth HotSync between your device and PC Some hands free devices have a predefined passkey If your device has a predefined passkey you can find it in the documentation for that device Other devices provide a screen where you enter a passkey that you make up In either case you must use the same passkey on both your Centro device and your hands free device We recommend that where possible you make up a passkey of 16 alphanumeric characters letters and numerals only to improve the security of your device The longer the passkey the more difficult it is for the passkey to be deciphered 8 After you finish setting up the device select Done to return to Trusted Devices view For some car kits you need to initiate a Bluetooth connection from your Centro device to complete the partnership process
225. nnect your Centro device to your computer with the USB sync cable On your device press Applications and select pTunes B Select Sprint Music Manager from the dialog box From the Sprint Music Manager application on your computer select the Transfer tab 6 Drag and drop the music files from a playlist to the Music Transfer List at the bottom of the screen 7 Click Transfer Now to transfer the music from your computer to your Centro device aR wD If you are using Windows Media Player you can also select the Windows Media Player option Open Windows Media Player on your computer Select the Sync tab and then select Palm Handheld from the drop down list Select Start Sync Your device must be connected to your computer using the sync cable 202 Section 4B Listening to Music If album art is available it appears in a corner of the Pocket Tunes display When you select the album art it expands to fill the screen Select the album art again to return it to a corner of the screen If you transfer an album to your device or SD card that does not have album art you can place a JPEG image of the album into the same folder as the music files for that album Transferring Music Files From Your Computer Mac On a Mac use iTunes included with OS X to download music or transfer songs from a CD to your computer On a Mac you must insert an expansion card into the device You cannot transfer mus
226. normal airtime rates Press Phone X enter 411 and then press Talk n Sprint Operator Services Sprint Operator Services provide assistance when you place collect calls or calls billed to a local telephone calling card or third party e Press Phone enter 0 and then press Talk D For more information or to see the latest in products and services visit Sprint online at sprint com Section 7A Help 327 328 Section 7A Help Section 7B Glossary 1xEV DO Evolution Data Optimized A wireless broadband technology also known as EVDO that is designed for very high speed data transfer with average download speeds of 400 to 700Kbps and that is capable of reaching speeds up to a theoretical maximum of 2 4Mb s and upload speeds up to 156Kb s The Sprint Power Vision network uses 1xEV DO technology The 1xEV DO network is also known as the Sprint Mobile Broadband Network 1xATT A standard of Mobile Internet connectivity that allows for persistent data connections as long as you are actively using your data connection The average data transmission rate is around 70Kb s although theoretical limits are 153 6Kb s With Sprint Power Vision plans you pay a monthly rate for unlimited data transfer and you don t pay for connection time Alt alternative A keyboard key Enter a letter on the keyboard and then press Alt to access variations such as international characters
227. ns When you open an application using either a quick button or Applications view you automatically close the application you were previously using Using the Quick Buttons The front of the Centro device has three buttons that you can use to open applications The fourth button opens Applications view which allows you to open all the applications on your device see Using Applications View on page 58 e LARA AA 2 Phone Calendar Applications Messaging BRON Each of the three application quick buttons can be used to open two applications To open a button s primary application as indicated by the graphic on the button simply press the button To open a button s secondary application press Option U and then press the quick button Pressing any of the quick buttons or the Applications button automatically wakes up your device screen See Waking Up the Screen on page 60 Section 2A Moving Around on Your Smart Device 57 Button Primary Application Secondary Application t Phone e Web al Calendar jt ee World Clock Messaging Email You can also customize the buttons See Customizing Device Buttons on page 278 for details Using Applications View You can access all available applications through Applications view 1 Press Applications 2 Use the 5 way to highlig
228. ns you can delete some existing favorites to make room for new ones see Editing or Deleting an Existing Favorite Button on page 80 3 Enter a label for the favorite Add Favorite g If the entry is for an existing contact select Lookup Start Type Speed Dial entering the contact s last name and then select the Label Jane W number you want for the contact when it appears in the Number 277 1734 Quick Key J press and hold lookup list If the entry is for a new contact enter the Label press Down and enter the Number 4 Optional Enter a Quick Key a letter that you can press and hold from the Main Dial Pad or Favorites view of the Phone application to dial this speed dial number 5 Optional Select More and then select advanced options Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features Extra Digits lets you define additional digits to dial such as a password or extension To enter a one second pause insert a comma between digits To add a longer pause enter more commas Dial Extra Digits automatically dials predefined extra digits immediately after dialing the phone number when checked 6 Select OK Creating Other Types of Favorite Buttons 1 Press Phone X 2 Use the 5 way to select a blank favorite button 3 Select the Type pick list and select Call Log Dial Pad Contacts Application Message Email or Web Link 4 Enter a label for the favorite and enter any other
229. ns may offer fewer choices 1 Open the application in which you want to change the font 27 Small Small Bold Large Large Bold ROoOND 2 Press Menu 3 Select Options and then select Font 4 Selecta font style In the Web browser select the Font size pick list and select Large or Small 5 Select OK You can also change the text size in the VersaMail application See the User Guide for the VersaMail Application located on your Palm Software Installation CD or visit palm com us support centro centro_sprint for more information 274 Section 6B Customizing Your Device Setting Display Formats Formats Preferences enable you to select number conventions based on geographic regions For example in the United Kingdom time often is expressed using a 24 hour clock In the United States time is expressed using a 12 hour clock with an AM or PM suffix Many of the built in applications on your Palm Centro smart device use the Formats Preferences settings 1 Press Applications and select Prefs 4 2 Select Formats Preset to United States Time HH MM am pm 3 Set any of the following preferences 5 26 pm Preset to sets the standard number conventions for your Ce Cea country When you select a country the other Formats nears nae Preferences are automatically set to that country s Riccar 10000 conventions You can also edit each option individually
230. nsfer by clicking the box next to the song title To select all of the songs in the list click the box at the top of the list Select Rip Audio CD from the Edit menu Transfer the music files to your device as described in Transferring Music Files From Your Computer Windows on page 201 oon On a Mac computer 1 Open iTunes 2 Insert the music CD into your computer s CD drive 3 Click the Import button in the upper right corner of the iTunes window 4 After the songs are imported click the Eject Disk button in the lower right corner of the iTunes window Transfer the files to your device as described in Transferring Music Files From Your Computer Mac on page 203 a 204 Section 4B Listening to Music Listening to Music on Your Palm Centro Smart Device 1 Press Applications and select pTunes B 2 Do any of the following To play the current song select Play F or press Space C To play the next song select Next Song To play the previous song select Previous Song To play a different song select Choose Songs and select a song from the list To adjust the volume during playback press the Volume button on the side of your device s To pause playback selec Getting Started o l d oo i mn beeen All Conten O Original 0 32 L 1 Progress Indicator 2 Choose Songs 3 Previous Song 4 Play Pause 5 Next Song
231. ntimed Event on page 224 is defined by minutes days or hours before midnight of the date of the event 4 Select OK When an alarm goes off an alert is also displayed on the Alert screen Select an alert s description to jump to that item or check the box to clear that alert See Viewing and Using the Alert Screen on page 99 for more information Section 5A Using Your Device s Organizer Features 223 Creating an Untimed Event An untimed event is an event that does not occur at a particular time of day for example a holiday or anniversary 1 Press Calendar amp until you are in Day view Feb 11 07 KK S UHURGELS W Draft 1 due iY 2 Press Left 4 or Right to go to the date of the event oe Ursi LS 3 Make sure that no times are highlighted 1am 4 Enter a description for the event A diamond appears next to pert the description of an untimed event S 4 00 heduling a Repeating Event TT Scheduling a Repeating Eve Serena 1 Create an event and then select it 2 Select Details 3 Select the Repeat pick list and then select a repeat interval If the interval you need doesn t appear on the list select Other to define a custom interval 4 For weekly events select the day s the event is repeated for monthly events select Day or Date to indicate the repeating method 5 Ifthe event has an ending date select the End on pick list select Choose Date and then select th
232. nu 2 3 Select Options and then select Display Options Select the Default View pick list and then select the view you want to see when you open Calendar Select the Agenda box and set any of the following Agenda view Display Options ti options Default View Day Show Due Tasks displays tasks that are due today and tasks TNE Day Month R Show Due Tasks that are overdue R Show Messages Show Messages displays the number of read and unread pirena m ade email messages Background displays a favorite picture as the Agenda view background Check the Background box select the picture thumbnail and then select a picture Adjust the fade setting so that the text is easy to read against the picture 5 Select the Day box and set any of the following Day view options Display Options ti Show Category List displays the category pick list Deiede Vac ber Show Time Bars activates the time bars that appear in Day Agenda Month view The time bars show the duration of an event and a a T asl illustrate event conflicts E Show Category Column Compress Day View controls how times appear in Day view When Compress Day View is unchecked all time slots are displayed on the screen When it is checked start and end times are displayed for each event but blank time slots toward the bottom of the screen disappear to minimize scrolling Show Category Column displays the color coded catego
233. ofrequency RF emissions 338 344 346 random number generator 243 range Bluetooth devices 83 recharging the battery 25 Record Completion Date check box 232 recording serial numbers 348 recording time video clips 184 recurring events See repeating events Redial list 65 redirectors 319 Reformatting in progress message 297 regulatory numbers 348 Reminder Sound pick list 228 Index reminders See alerts Remove from album command 189 removing See deleting Rename Card command 268 Rename Memo command 239 Repeat Alarm pick list 229 repeat intervals calendar 224 Repeat pick list 224 repeating events 224 228 repeating tasks 230 replacing batteries 22 290 298 300 Reply button 129 resetting smart device 295 298 Resolution pick list 185 restoring defaults 278 restoring information 303 Review photos videos pick list 185 ringer 67 90 Ringer switch 20 272 ringtone file types 158 Ringtone pick list 91 217 ringtone preferences 88 ringtones assigning to contacts 90 217 attaching to email 131 downloading 88 selecting 88 239 roaming 95 96 98 Roaming icon 95 98 Roaming message 97 Roaming pick list 88 Roaming Preferences command 96 Roaming Preferences screen 95 96 Index roaming warnings 96 Rotate command 191 rotating pictures 191 Ss safe resets 296 safety information 335 337 338 339 Save As command 237 Save as Contact command 191 Save as Wallpaper command 191 Save Drafts button 122 Save Page command 161
234. oftware from the Palm Software Installation CD Can t Find My User Folder Windows If your device name is one word your user folder name is the first six characters of your device name If your device name is two words your user folder name consists of the first six characters of the second word of your device name followed by the first letter of the first word For example if your device name is John Smith your user folder is named SmithuJ Your user folder is usually located inside one of the following folders C Program Files Palm Section 7A Help 303 C Program Files palmOne C Program Files Handspring Mac Your user folder name is the same as your device name and is usually found in this location lt Mac hard drive gt Users lt Your Mac username gt Documents Palm Users Palm Desktop Software Does Not Respond to a Synchronization Attempt 1 304 Make sure that the USB sync cable is securely connected to the USB port on your computer and on the bottom of your device see Connecting Your Palm Centro Smart Device to Your Computer on page 38 Make sure that HotSync manager is running Windows Right click the HotSync manager icon in the taskbar in the lower right corner of your computer screen Click Settings click Connections and make sure USB is checked If you don t see the HotSync manager icon click Start select Programs select Palm and then select HotSync Manager
235. og from the Redial list Sprint s Contacts BeCall Log Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features w All Ta 45551776 mr ers 11 49p Hy lt Daveon Mar W 11 48p 4T Nguyen W 11 48p dT Nguyen w 11 48p Jane Wu W 11 47p lt Daveon Mar W 11 47p lt Daveon Mar W 11 47p Malcolm Pet H 11 46p Jane Wu W 11 45p dT Nguyen W 11 44p Blocked Caller ID 10 09p 65 Receiving Calls To receive calls your device s phone must be on This is different from having only the screen turned on see Turning Your Device s Phone On and Off on page 61 When your phone is off your calls go to voicemail Answering Calls Press Talk 1 Using the 5 way O select the onscreen Answer button If the headset is attached press the headset button To prevent calls from accidentally being answered while the device is in a pocket or briefcase you can disable the screen s touch sensitive feature when an incoming call arrives see Locking Your Screen on page 283 66 Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features Sending Calls to Voicemail e Press Power End i Using the 5 way O select the onscreen Ignore button Using the 5 way O select the onscreen Ignore with Text button This option sends the call to voicemail and opens a text message addressed to the caller Do not press Power End to ignore a call waiting alert this hangs up your current call the call waiting al
236. on lt any quick button gt opens a secondary application see Using the Quick Buttons on page 57 Option Shift Find opens the Find feature see Using Find on page 248 Option Menu dims the device screen Alt When pressed in conjunction with a second key displays a variety Alt of alternate characters that can be entered using that key See Entering Other Symbols and Accented Characters on page 54 for details Menu Opens application menus See Selecting Menu Items on page 49 for details The Centro smart device by Palm includes a keyboard backlight that turns on and off when the screen turns on or off Press Option P to adjust screen and keyboard backlight brightness You can also set the backlight to dim or turn off when an active call lasts longer than a specified period of time See Optimizing Power Settings on page 281 to adjust the automatic shut off and dimming intervals Section 2A Moving Around on Your Smart Device Entering Lowercase and Uppercase Letters e To enter lowercase letters press the desired keys e To enter an uppercase letter press Shift Find 4 and then press a letter key You don t need to press and hold Shift Find lt 2 while entering uppercase letters When Shift is active an up arrow appears in the lower right corner of the screen e To turn Caps Lock on press Shift Find S3 twice To turn it off press Shift Find lt 3 once
237. on page 192 Music Music files often consume excessive memory Move music files to an expansion card or delete large files from your device Internet If you have set a large Web browser cache you may want to clear the cache see Customizing Your Web Browser Settings on page 163 Third party applications You can delete infrequently used applications see Removing Applications on page 251 or move them to an expansion card see Using Expansion Cards on page 264 Third Party Applications Some third party applications can cause conflicts with your Centro device Third party applications that modify the wireless features of your device may require extra troubleshooting If you recently installed an application and your Centro device seems to be stuck try the following 1 Perform a soft reset see Soft Reset on page 295 2 Ifthe problem persists perform a system reset see System Reset on page 296 322 Section 7A Help 3 Delete the most recently installed application from your Centro device see Removing Applications on page 251 4 Ifthe problem persists perform another system reset 5 If possible synchronize your device with your computer to back up your most recent information 6 If you re unable to perform the steps above or the problem persists locate your Backup older on your computer and rename the folder for example BackupOld Note that Palm in the followin
238. one feature and other audio playback Battery Door slides down to provide access to the battery compartment Headset Jack enables you to connect a hands free headset Use only headsets that are compatible with your device Sync Connector enables you to attach the USB sync cable to your device Your device s speaker includes a large magnet so be sure to keep your device away from credit cards or other items that could become demagnetized Your Device s Features Top View 20 f J pe cy Sound Off silences the ringer and turns off all other sounds including alarms and music when the Ringer switch is set to this position Ringer Switch controls the ringer setting See Setting System Sounds on page 272 for details on changing the settings Sound On turns on the ringer and all other sounds including alarms and music when the Ringer switch is set to this position Stylus allows you to tap options on your device s screen To use the stylus slide it out of the slot and hold it as you would a pen or pencil X 7 Section 1A Setting Up Your Palm Centro Smart Device Inserting the Battery Use only Sprint approved or manutfacturer approved batteries and chargers with your device The failure to use a Sprint approved or manufacturer approved battery and charger may increase the risk of your device overheating catching fire or exploding which may result in serious bodily injury death or
239. one is on and that your data connection to your mail server or email service provider has not been interrupted Have Problems Sending Email If you are able to receive email messages but cannot send them try these steps in turn 314 Section 7A Help Make sure your ISP or email provider allows you to access email on a wireless device Several providers like Hotmail do not offer the option to view messages in an email application on your device such as the VersaMail application you can however view Hotmail messages in the web browser on your device Other providers require an upgrade to access email on a wireless device Turn on ESMTP Many services require authenticated access or ESMTP to use their SMTP servers See the User Guide for the VersaMail Application located on your Palm Software Installation CD or visit palm com us support centro centro_sprint for information on turning ESMTP on Enter the name of a different outgoing mail server for sending mail Many ISPs such as cable companies require that you have an Internet connection to their network to send email through their servers In this case you can almost always receive email from these accounts but if you want to send email you must send it through another server Check with your email service provider for the correct outgoing mail server name Have Problems Synchronizing Messages on My Device With Messages on My Computer You cannot synchronize messages in
240. operate using radio signals which cannot guarantee connection in all conditions Therefore you should never rely solely upon any wireless phone for essential communication for example medical emergencies Emergency calls may not be possible on all cellular networks or when certain network services and or phone features are in use Check with your local service provider for details Section 8A Important Safety Information 337 Using Your Phone While Driving Talking on your phone while driving or operating the phone without a hands free device is prohibited in some jurisdictions Laws vary as to specific restrictions Remember that safety always comes first Purchase an optional hands free accessory at your local Sprint Store For more information visit sorint com Following Safety Guidelines To operate your device safely and efficiently always follow any special regulations in a given area Turn your device s phone off in areas where use is forbidden or when it may cause interference or danger Using Your Device s Phone Near Other Electronic Devices Most modern electronic equipment is shielded from radiofrequency RF signals However RF signals from wireless phones may affect inadequately shielded electronic equipment RF signals may affect improperly installed or inadequately shielded electronic operating systems and or entertainment systems in motor vehicles Check with the manufacturer or their representative
241. orten the distance and avoid bright sunlight If you beam a bookmark or a saved page from the Web browser it beams the URL not the contents of that page Beaming an Entry You can beam an individual entry or item such as a contact or a picture You can also beam all the entries in the selected category such as all the contacts in the Business or Family category 1 2 3 256 Select the entry or category you want to beam You cannot beam an item that has a lock next to it Press Menu Select one of the following on the Record menu Beam sends an individual entry Beam Category sends all entries in the current category When the Beam Status dialog box appears point the IR port on your Centro device directly at the IR port of the receiving device Section 6A Managing Files and Applications 5 Wait for the Beam Status dialog box to indicate that the transfer is complete before you continue using your Centro device You can beam your business card From the Main view in the Phone application press Menu and then press M Beaming an Application Not all applications can be beamed A lock icon appears on the Beam screen next to applications that cannot be beamed 1 Press Applications 2 Press Menu 3 Select Beam on the App menu 4 Select the Beam From pick list and select whether the application you want to beam is located on your Centro device or on an expansion card
242. our Corporate Microsoft Exchange Server Onto Your Device on page 138 Your tasks and memos continue to synchronize with Palm Desktop software or Microsoft Outlook depending on which desktop application you use Section 6A Managing Files and Applications 263 Using Expansion Cards The expansion card slot on your Centro device enables you to add microSD cards sold separately to extend the storage capacity of your device For example microSD cards can store the following e Pictures e MP3 audio files e Email attachments Games Microsoft Office files Adobe Acrobat files Applications Databases Your Centro device is compatible with microSD cards with up to 4GB of storage space 264 Section 6A Managing Files and Applications Inserting an Expansion Card 1 Gently press down on the Battery Door and then slide the door downward to remove it from your device 2 Open the door of the expansion card slot 3 Hold your device with the screen facing you and hold the card with the label down and the metal contacts facing up The notch on the card should be in the lower left corner next to the keyboard 4 Insert the card into the expansion card slot until you feel the card lock into place 5 Close the door of the expansion card slot 6 Replace the battery door Removing an Expansion Card 1 Gently press down on the Battery Door and then slide the door downward to remove it from your device 2
243. passkey to be deciphered 9 Select Done and then select Done again to return to the Bluetooth screen Accepting a Connection From Another Bluetooth Device 1 To prepare your Centro device to be able to accept a connection from a requesting device enter the basic Bluetooth settings as described in Entering Basic Bluetooth Settings on page 170 2 Enter the same passkey on your Centro device and on the Bluetooth device 172 Section 3G Using Bluetooth Wireless Technology and Dial Up Networking 3 If you want to form a partnership with the requesting device check the Add to trusted device list box 4 Select OK Make sure you close the Bluetooth application after you set up devices and partnerships Using Your Device as a Wireless Modem Dial up networking DUN is the feature that converts the phone on your Centro device into a modem so that you can access the Internet from your computer You can set up DUN in one of two ways e f you have signed up on a Sprint Power Vision with Phone as Modem plan you can use the Sprint Connection Manager software on your computer and connect your Centro device to your computer using the USB sync cable see Using Your Device s Phone as a Modem on page 109 for information e lf your computer is enabled with Bluetooth wireless technology you can set up your Centro device as a wireless modem using the built in Bluetooth technology This section describes the
244. property damage 1 Gently press down on the Battery Door and then slide the door downward to remove it from your device Section 1A Setting Up Your Palm Centro Smart Device 21 2 Align the battery contacts with the contacts inside the device compartment 1 Battery Contacts 2 Device Contacts 3 Insert the battery into the compartment at a 45 degree angle and then press it into place 4 Align the battery door with the groove on the back of the device With your thumb covering the ACCESS logo on the battery door slide the battery door onto the back of the device until it clicks into place 5 Follow the onscreen instructions to set up your device Buy an extra battery as a spare for long trips or heavy data use Visit palm com us support centro centro_sprint or sprintcom to purchase batteries that are approved by Sprint and that are compatible with your device 22 Section 1A Setting Up Your Palm Centro Smart Device Charging the Battery The battery comes with a sufficient charge to complete the setup process and activate your phone After activation we recommend charging your device for three and a half hours to give it a full charge See Maximizing Battery Life on page 25 for tips on maximizing the life of your device s battery 1 Plug the AC charger into a wall outlet 2 Connect the charger cable to the charger jack on the bottom of the device Make sure the arrow on the conn
245. r Acrobat PDF files on your device or on Saas al 9 an expansion card that is inserted into the expansion card slot 1 Press Applications and select Documents 82 2 Select the document you want from the list Cp i Sab 08 SF When you are working on a file on your device save it to your device or your expansion card by opening the menus selecting Save As from the File menu and then selecting the location where you want to save the file Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 237 Voice Memo Voice Memo provides a place for you to record and play back notes and other important thoughts directly on your device Note Voice memos are not updated or backed up during synchronization Creating a Voice Memo 1 Press and release Power End i to wake up the screen if it is not already on 2 Press and hold the Side button on your device Face your device and begin speaking Your recording pauses automatically when you receive a call If you answer the call recording stops and saves the voice memo If you have not finished recording rerecord your memo after hanging up from the call If you ignore the call select Record to resume recording 3 After you finish recording release the Side button The memo is automatically saved to your device 4 Optional Enter a title for the memo Alternately open the Voice Memo application press the Side button to begin recording and th
246. r Does Not Appear on the Trusted Devices Screen e f you select Add Device and your computer does not appear on the list make sure that the computer s Bluetooth setting is on and that the computer is discoverable Check with your computer manufacturer for help with locating and changing these settings e Select Find More on the Trusted Devices screen again 320 Section 7A Help Get a Message That There Is an Error Creating a DUN Connection With My Palm Centro Smart Device e Re create the partnership between your Centro device and your computer see Accepting a Connection From Another Bluetooth Device on page 172 Camera Here are some tips for taking good pictures with the built in camera e Clean the camera s lens with a soft lint free cloth e Take pictures in bright lighting conditions Low light images may be grainy due to the sensitivity of the camera e Hold the device as still as possible Try supporting your picture taking arm up against your body or a stationary object such as a wall e Keep the subject of the pictures still Exposure time is longer with lower light levels so you may see a blur e For best results verify that you have the brightest light source coming from behind you lighting the subject s face Avoid taking indoor pictures with the subject in front of a window or light e Make sure the subject is at least 45 centimeters away from the camera to ensure good focus Remember that when
247. r Online Album a Uploading Pictures to Your Online Album Your Sprint Picture Mail account includes an online album on the Sprint Picture Mail Web site You can use your online album to store and view pictures from your device or from a computer with Internet access If you have not previously accessed your online album or used Sprint Picture Mail Online Services you are prompted to create a password 192 Section 4A Working With Your Pictures and Videos 1 Press Applications and select Pics amp Videos AEE Online Ta 2 Select the album that contains the picture s or video s you uploads Eel empty want to upload xy petes 3 Select and then select Upload to Online Albums _ fee 4 Select the picture s or video s you want to upload 5 Select Upload Dea Working With Your Online Picture Mail Album Al Pictures amp Videos 1 Press Applications lt and select Pics amp Videos 3 Ma RI 2 Select the album pick list in the upper right corner of the screen and then select Online 3 Select the online album you want to view 4 Follow the steps described in Viewing a Picture on page 186 a or Viewing a Video on page 187 to view a picture or video SSS You can also download and play videos from your online album and you can listen to voice captions that are attached to pictures too Section 4A Working With Your Pictures an
248. r device is compatible with select TTY devices You can connect a TTY TDD machine headset or hands free kit to your device through the headset jack while this mode is enabled Please check with the manufacturer of your TTY device for connectivity information and to ensure that the TTY device supports digital wireless transmission When establishing your Sprint service please call Sprint Customer Service via the state Telecommunications Relay Service TRS by first pressing 777 and then pressing Talk 1 Then provide the state TRS with this number 866 727 4889 94 Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features 911 Emergency Calling Sprint recommends that TTY users make emergency calls by other means including Telecommunications Relay Services TRS analog cellular and land line communications Wireless TTY calls to 911 may be corrupted when received by public safety answering points PSAPs rendering some communications unintelligible The problem encountered appears related to TTY equipment or software used by PSAPs This matter has been brought to the attention of the FCC and the wireless industry and PSAP community are currently working to resolve it Controlling Your Roaming Experience Your device is digital dual band which means you can make and receive calls while on the Sprint National Network and you can also roam on other digital networks where Sprint has implemented agreements with other carriers When
249. r name Send Drafts Cancel To send a copy or blind copy select the square icon to the right of the red paper clip to display the Cc and Bcc fields Enter the address es in those fields For multiple recipients in any field enter a semicolon and then a space before entering the next recipient name or adaress 4 Enter the subject and message text To move between fields press Up or Down Y Section 3B Using Email 129 5 You can mark outgoing messages as high priority Open the Options menu and select Set Priority To High Select one of the following buttons Send connects and sends all messages immediately If you select Send and the message cannot be sent for any reason the message is stored in your Outbox VersaMail makes up to three attempts to automatically send the message if automatic send is not successful an alert message appears from which you can manually reattempt to send the message again Drafts saves the message so that you can continue working on it at another time If you are composing a message and need to switch to another application such as the Phone application the message text you entered will be displayed when you return to the VersaMail application Attaching Pictures and Videos 130 1 2 Create the message to which you want to attach the picture or Address vCard video Application pre On the New Message screen select the paper
250. r nearest Palm authorized service center Special Note Be sure to dispose of your battery properly In some areas the disposal of batteries in household or business trash may be prohibited Radiofrequency RF Energy Understanding How Your Phone Operates Your phone is basically a radio transmitter and receiver When it s turned on it receives and transmits radiofrequency RF signals When you use your phone the system handling your call controls the power level This power can range from 0 006 watts to 0 2 watts in digital mode Knowing Radiofrequency Safety The design of your Centro smart device by Palm complies with updated NCRP standards described below In 1991 92 the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IEEE and the American National Standards Institute ANSI joined in updating ANSI s 1982 standard for safety levels with respect to human exposure to RF signals More than 120 scientists engineers and physicians from universities government health agencies and industries developed this updated standard after reviewing the available body of research In 1993 the Federal Communications Commission FCC adopted this updated standard in a regulation In August 1996 the FCC adopted hybrid standard consisting of the existing ANSI IEEE standard 344 Section 8A Important Safety Information and the guidelines published by the National Council of Radiation Protection and Measurements NCRP Body Worn Oper
251. r user name 1 Press Phone X 2 Press Menu 3 Select Options and then select Phone Info Sprint Power Vision Symbols on Your Screen When you are connected to Sprint Power Vision services a data connection icon appears at the top of the Main view in the Phone application See Checking Signal Strength and Phone Status on page 97 for a description of the various data connection icons Sprint Power Vision Billing Information See your service plan for details on Sprint Power Vision billing 106 Section 3A Sprint Power Vision Personalizing Your Service With On Demand With Sprint Power Vision s exclusive On Demand feature you can personalize your device s data services to suit your needs The On Demand feature makes it easier than ever to retrieve the most popular Web information and categories instantly On Demand uses the ZIP code you provide to customize the content you receive so you can get the information you want when you want it On Demand acts like a computer browser s customized home page displaying a variety of top categories such as News Sports Weather Money Movies and more This information is updated throughout the day so you ll always be up to date In addition to presenting a number of fixed categories On Demand also offers optional categories for an additional monthly charge that allow faster access to even more information Initializing Your On Demand Service 1 Press Appl
252. ranging Your Messages You can rearrange the messages in any folder by using the Sort command 1 2 3 4 Press Messaging F Select the folder list in the title bar and then select the folder you want to sort Press Menu Select View and then select Sort by Name or Sort by Date Deleting Messages You can delete several messages at once from any folder by using the Purge command 1 2 DAAD Press Messaging ly opens the appropriate application from the link Message KEN Options m Top of List eT LEAS Bottom of List mB Sort Date Select the folder list in the title bar and then select the folder that contains the messages you want to delete Press Menu Select Purge from the Message menu Select the Purge pick list and then select an option Select OK Section 3C Messaging 147 Using Messaging to Chat When you exchange more than one message with a single contact the messages you exchange with that person are grouped into a chat session When you select a chat session from your message list the upper part of Chat view displays all text messages you ve exchanged with this contact and the lower part provides an entry area You can carry on multiple chats at the same time and easily switch between them using the pick list at the top of the screen 1 Press Messaging 2 2 Do one of the following T A To start a new chat select a mess
253. rd on page 51 for details Earpiece serves as the speaker on your device when you are not using the speakerphone feature or a headset 5 way Navigator gives you one handed access to moving around the device screen and selecting options See Moving Around the Device Screen on page 46 for instructions Applications opens Applications view Power End turns the device s phone on and off wakes up and turns off the screen and hangs up calls Messaging opens the Messaging application Menu opens the application menus Section 1A Setting Up Your Palm Centro Smart Device Your Device s Features Back View 1 Self portrait Mirror enables you to take a picture of yourself 2 Camera Lens enables you to take pictures using the built in camera 3 Infrared IR Port uses infrared technology to transmit information to and receive information from other infrared enabled devices that use compatible software 4 Expansion Card Slot allows you to expand the capabilities of your device using a microSD card See Using Expansion Cards on page 264 5 Lanyard Loop allows you to connect a lanyard sold separately 6 Charger Jack enables you to attach the AC charger to your device 7 Microphone serves as the mouthpiece on your device s phone Section 1A Setting Up Your Palm Centro Smart Device 19 10 11 Speaker plays ringtones and alarms and serves as the speaker for the speakerph
254. reen press Menu 2 Select Options and then select Preferences 3 Set any of the following preferences Sort by indicates the order in which your tasks appear in the fee E Date Category Preferences i Sort by v Due Date Priority list Ef Show Completed Tasks Show Completed Tasks displays tasks that you ve checked r a ai off amp Show Priorities O Show Categories Alarm Sound Alarm Record Completion Date replaces the due date with the completion date when you check off a task Show Due Dates displays task due dates and inserts an exclamation point next to overdue tasks Show Priorities displays the priority setting for each task Show Categories displays the category for each task Alarm Sound sets the sound for the alarms you assign to your tasks 4 Select OK 232 Section 5A Using Your Device s Organizer Features Memos Memos are a great way to store notes on your Centro device Each memo can include 4 096 characters of text Meeting Notes 1 Check on delivery dates Creating aMemo 2 Follow up with K amp D 3 Schedule review 7 Press Applications and select Memos 2 Enter the text that you want to appear in the memo Press Return to move down to new lines in the memo 3 Select Done You can assign categories to your memos Open the memo you want to change select the category pick list at the top of the screen and th
255. rence session with the press of a button while in Flash mode 1 Press Talk 0 from Active Call view 2 If the Do you want to switch to Flash mode prompt appears Sprint Sod select Yes In Call 3 While in Flash mode do any of the following Feshmede 00117 If you have one call in progress and you answer an incoming second call press Talk 1 to swap between the 2 EJ calls toy iaa If you have one call in progress to make an outgoing second call dial the number using any of the methods described in Making Calls on page 62 If you have one call in progress and you place an outgoing second call press Talk 1 after establishing a connection with the second party to set up a conference session using three way calling Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features 77 s If you have two calls in conference press Talk 1 to hang up one of the calls you can then dial another number and include the new caller in the conference session Pressing Talk during a conference call usually hangs up the second call However depending on your network connection you may occasionally hang up the first call 4 To exit Flash mode and end all the calls press Power End i Defining Favorite Buttons Your device provides 70 favorite buttons 69 programmable for Sprint e0ud quick access to the following common tasks e Dialing a phone number speed dial Accessing your Call Log A
256. require you to be on their network to use your email account If this is the case be sure to use your provider s network as the connection type for the account e Some email service providers have other requirements specific to their service For example Yahoo requires you to pay for a POP account in order to download email messages from your Yahoo account to your device Check with your service provider to see if any provider specific requirements exist e Service provider settings change frequently If your email account was working but you are currently experiencing problems check with your wireless or email service provider to see if any of the account settings have changed Have Problems Sending and Receiving Email Short periods of time when email is unavailable are common due to server problems or poor wireless coverage If you have problems sending or receiving mail for an extended period of time check with your ISP or email service provider to verify that the service is working properly and check with Sprint Customer Service for outage information in your area Microsoft Direct Push or Auto Sync Is Not Working If push or an Auto Sync operation is occurring and you turn your device s phone off or the connection to your email service provider is disconnected the push or Auto Sync operation fails If Microsoft Direct Push or a scheduled Auto Sync doesn t take place or starts but does not finish make sure your device s ph
257. ress Center C to 4 Follow the onscreen instructions to accept and install the application Section 6A Managing Files and Applications 249 Installing Bonus Software From Your Computer Some bonus software applications require the installation of a desktop component To install these applications you must first install Palm Desktop software from the Palm Software Installation CD that came with your device and then download the applications to your computer 1 On your computer go to palm com us support centro centro_sprint 2 Follow the onscreen instructions to download the applications you want to install 3 Synchronize your device with your computer to install the application s on your device Installing Other Third Party Applications From a Computer To install other third party applications from a computer you must first install Palm Desktop software from the Palm Software Installation CD that came with your device When you download an application to your computer it is probably in a compressed format such as a ZIP or SIT file If the file is compressed you need to use a decompression utility on your computer such as WinZip or Allume Stufflt Expander before you install the application on your device 1 On a Windows computer select Start gt Programs All Programs gt Palm gt Install Tool and then select Add to browse to the application you want to add On a Mac computer drag and drop the application file
258. ress Menu select Options and then select Priority 6 Select one of the following buttons Send connects and sends the messages immediately If you select Send and the message cannot be sent for any reason the message is stored in your Outbox Save Draft saves the message to the Drafts folder for the email account so that you can continue working on it at another time Cancel deletes the message without saving or sending it 122 Section 3B Using Email Attaching Files Using Sprint Mobile Email To send files such as photos videos or Microsoft Office documents using Sprint Mobile Email complete the following steps 1 Create the message to which you want to attach the file 2 Select the paper clio icon at the top of the message Photo Video Text File Web clipping zie File Finder 3 Use the pick lists at the top of the File Finder screen to select the a location and file type CERN MS txel Select Handheld in the left pick list to locate a file stored on your Centro device If a microSD expansion card is installed you can also select SD Card a By default all file types are listed To display only the files A for a specific file type select the type from the right pick list 4 Check the box next to one or more filenames and then do one of the following Select View to view one or more files on your Centro device Select Attach to attach one or more files to the emai
259. rint services and options by signing on to the Sprint Web site at sprint com When you visit Sprint online you can Review coverage maps Learn how to use voicemail Access your account information Purchase accessories Add options to your service plan Check out frequently asked questions Reaching Sprint Customer Service You can reach Sprint Customer Service many different ways 326 On your Centro device press Phone _ enter 2 and then press Talk Sign on to your account at sprintcom Call toll free at 1 888 211 4727 consumer customers 1 800 927 2199 business customers Write to Sprint Customer Service P O Box 8077 London KY 40742 Section 7A Help Receiving Automated Invoicing Information For your convenience your phone gives you access to invoicing information on your Sprint Account This information includes balance due payment received invoicing cycle and the number of minutes used since your last invoicing cycle Normal airtime usage applies e Press Phone X enter 4 and then press Talk n Noe This service may not be available in all affiliate areas Sprint 411 You have access to a variety of services and information through Sprint 411 including residential business and government listings assistance with local or long distance calls movie listings and hotel restaurant shopping and major local event information There is a per call charge in addition to
260. rmation and Settings describes the tools for managing files and applications and the preferences that enable you to customize your device e Section 7 Resources answers frequently asked questions and shows you what to do if something goes wrong It also includes a helpful glossary of terms e Section 8 Safety and Specifications outlines recommended safety and maintenance guidelines and displays the technical specifications for your Centro device Please refer to Important Safety Information on page 335 to learn about information that helps you safely use your phone Failure to read and follow the Important Safety Information in this phone guide may result in serious bodily injury death or property damage Section 1 Setting Up Your Smart Device and Your Computer Sprint gt ahead 14 Section 1A Setting Up Your Palm Centro Smart Device In This Section What You Need Your New Centro Smart Device by Palm Inserting the Battery Charging the Battery Section 1A Setting Up Your Palm Centro Smart Device 15 What You Need Your Palm Centro smart device box contains the following Hardware e Centro smart device e Rechargeable battery e AC charger e USB sync cable e Sprint charger adapter Software e Palm Software Installation CD includes desktop synchronization software and links to bonus software for your device You ll also need the following items to
261. rn off Beam Receive see Optimizing Power Settings on page 281 Turn off the Bluetooth feature if you are not using it see Connecting to a Bluetooth Hands Free Device on page 83 Set the VersaMail AutoSync option to download messages at a scheduled time rather than as they arrive See Downloading New Email Messages Automatically on page 135 You can buy an extra battery as a spare for long airplane trips or periods of heavy use To purchase batteries that are compatible with your smart device go to palm com us support centro centro_sprint or sprintcom Section 1A Setting Up Your Palm Centro Smart Device Section 1B Setting Up Service In This Section Making Your First Call Setting Up Your Voicemail Creating Sprint Account Passwords Setting up service on your new Palm Centro smart device is quick and easy This section walks you through the necessary steps to unlock your device set up your voicemail establish passwords and contact Sprint for assistance with your Sprint service Section 1B Setting Up Service 27 Making Your First Call Activating Your Device s Phone There are three primary scenarios for activating your new Centro device If you purchased your device at a Sprint Store it should be activated and ready to use If you received your device in the mail and it is for a new Sprint account or a new line of service you need to take these steps to ac
262. rom a previous Palm OS by ACCESS device or received a system error such as Sys0505 there may be conflicts with software on your device 1 Locate your Backup folder and rename the folder for example BackupOld Note that Palm in the following locations might be Handspring or palmOne based on the device you re upgrading from Windows C Program Files Palm lt device name gt Mac Mac HD Applications Palm Users lt device name gt 2 Synchronize 3 Manually reinstall any third party applications you want on your device If necessary use the items in the old Backup folder you renamed 4 Windows only If the Windows New Hardware Wizard appears the synchronization process may be timing out before the wizard completes its job Follow all instructions in the New Hardware Wizard and then sync again Section 7A Help 305 5 Windows only Uninstall Palm Desktop software Click Start select Settings select Control Panel select Add or Remove Programs select Palm Desktop by ACCESS and then click Change Remove Palm Desktop software for Mac computers does not provide an automated uninstall option For information on uninstalling Palm Desktop software on a Mac go to palm com us support centro centro_sprint or contact Palm Technical Support for Mac computers 6 Reboot your computer 7 Reinstall the synchronization software from the Palm Software Installation CD that came with your device
263. ry marker between the time and the description to indicate which category the event is filed under Section 5A Using Your Device s Organizer Features 227 6 Select the Month box and set any of the following Month view options Show Category List displays the category pick list Timed Events displays events that are scheduled for a specific time Untimed Events displays events that are scheduled for a specific date but not a specific time Daily Repeating Events displays events that are repeated every day 7 Select OK Selecting Alarm Tones 1 Press Menu Select Options and then select Sound Preferences Select the Application pick list and then select Calendar Select the Volume pick list and then select the volume level a Aw ND event alarm 6 Select any of the following Alarm Sound sets the tone played the first time your alarm goes off Reminder Sound sets the tone played if an alarm is not acknowledged and the alarm repeats itself Display Options i O Show Category List Default View v Doy Month Show amp Timed Events E Untimed Events amp Daily Repeating Events me Select the Vibrate pick list and then select how you want your device to vibrate for an Sound amp Alerts Application Calendar Volume v4 Vibrate wv Always Alarm Sound v Alarm Reminder Sound Alarm Triangle Repeat v 3Times Default Alarm None 228 Section 5A Using Your
264. s onto the Send To Handheld droplet in the Palm folder 2 Select your device name from the User list and then click OK 3 Synchronize your device with your computer to install the application s on your device Installing Third Party Applications From a Computer to an Expansion Card You can install an application to an expansion card rather than to your device Windows 1 Select Start gt Programs All Programs gt Palm gt Install Tool 2 Select your device name from the User list 250 Section 6A Managing Files and Applications Select Add and browse to the application you want to add Select Change Destination and select the expansion card Select OK Synchronize your device with your computer to install the application s on your device DAAR Mac 1 In the menu for Palm Desktop software click HotSync 2 Select Install Handheld files and then select expansion card as the file s destination Getting Help With Third Party Applications If you encounter a problem with a third party application Such as an error message contact the application s author or vendor For general troubleshooting of third party applications see Third Party Applications on page 322 Removing Applications If you decide that you no longer need an application or you want to free up memory you can remove applications from your device or from an expansion card You can remove only applications patches and extensions that you ins
265. s 275 coupling 310 coverage area 26 97 310 Coverage in out pick list 89 coverage maps 326 Create a New Contact button 73 Create chats from messages pick list 150 creating bookmarks 160 161 162 business cards 219 contacts 73 email messages 122 129 130 favorite buttons 78 81 Index memos 233 D multimedia messages 143 145 Daily Repeating Events check box 228 partnerships 84 170 173 174 data connections See connections passwords 32 data services 107 316 318 playlists 206 207 See also Sprint Power Vision services QuickText phrases 145 Date amp Time Preferences screen 279 signatures 138 date formats 275 speed dial buttons 79 80 Date pick list 275 text messages 67 142 148 145 Date stamp pick list 185 voice captions 182 dates 240 279 voice memos 238 See also calendar current event 87 99 Day view 220 227 Current Privacy pick list 287 decimal display formats 243 275 Customer Service Sprint 32 326 decompression utility 250 customer support Palm 326 Default Alarm pick list 229 customizing Default Apps Preferences screen 279 Bluetooth devices 86 default settings restoring 278 calendar 227 228 Default View pick list 227 camera settings 185 delays 286 chat sessions 150 Delete command 133 display formats 275 Delete Contact command 219 favorite buttons 78 Delete Events Older Than pick list 226 messaging settings 149 150 Delete From pick list 252 phone 86 94 Delete List button 207 quick buttons 278 Delete Memo command
266. s and key combinations to their factory settings select Default Section 6B Customizing Your Device 278 Changing Default Applications Sometimes one application looks for another application to handle information for example a mail application might open a browser when you select a link in an email message Your device comes with a set of predefined applications to handle email messaging and browser requests from other applications If you have more than one application to handle these requests on your device you can specify which application you want to use for each function 1 Press Applications and select Prefs 2b 2 Select Default apps Select the default application to use with each function 3 Select each pick list and then select the application you want Gail EEA to associate with that function Messaging Messaging Browser Web 4 Select Done Setting the Date and Time By default your device synchronizes the date time and time zone with the Sprint National Network when your device is on and you are inside a coverage area Date amp Time Preferences let you manually set the date time and time zone for your device You can also add time zones to events you create in Calendar See Creating an Event on page 221 for information Section 6B Customizing Your Device 279 1 Press Applications and select Prefs b 2 Select Date amp Tim
267. s display Move instead of Copy 190 Section 4A Working With Your Pictures and Videos Saving a Picture as Wallpaper You can select a picture to use as wallpaper for the Main view in the Phone application 1 Open the picture you want to save as wallpaper 2 Press Menu 3 Select Options and then select Save as Wallpaper 4 When the confirmation message appears confirm by selecting Yes or decline by selecting No moo Press Phone to view the new wallpaper in the Phone application Adding a Picture to a Contact Entry 1 Open the picture you want to add to a contact 2 Press Menu 3 Select Options and then select Save as Contact 4 Select the contact you want to add this picture to Rotating a Picture 1 Open the picture you want to rotate 2 Press Menu 3 Select Rotate from the Photo menu 4 Select the orientation Section 4A Working With Your Pictures and Videos 191 Deleting a Picture or Video 1 Open the album that contains the picture s or video s you want to delete 2 Press Menu 3 Select Delete from the Photo or Video menu 4 Select the pictures or videos that you want to delete or select Select All to delete the entire album An X appears next to the selected items Select Delete 6 Select Delete to confirm the deletion You can also highlight a picture or video in Thumbnail view and then press Backspace on your device keyboard to delete the highlighted item Using You
268. s with your device On Demand enables you to set and then receive customized up to date information on sports weather news money and more on demand the way you want it Sprint Mobile Email provides access to a variety of email services including Yahoo AOL MSN Gmail and other POP and IMAP servers SprintTV enables you to watch live Mobile Digital TV MDTV on the go with full motion video and vivid sound Messaging enables you to send and receive email text SMS and multimedia messages or to chat Web gives you the experience of full color graphic versions of popular Web sites e Phone as Modem lets you use your smart device and your Sprint Power Vision connection as a wireless modem for your laptop computer Sprint Instant Messaging IM enables you to exchange short simple text messages with another computer or smart device Section 3A Sprint Power Vision 105 Accessing Sprint Power Vision Once your device is activated you are signed in and ready to connect to Sprint Power Vision services at any time Sprint Power Vision User Name Your Sprint Power Vision User Name is automatically assigned to you Your user name is used with Sprint Mail and Messaging services Your Sprint Power Vision User Name is simply an additional address that identifies your Sprint Account When your device is enabled with Sprint Power Vision services your user name automatically appears on the Phone Info screen To find you
269. select Show Records Select OK If prompted for your password enter it and then select OK oa aKR amp ND Section 6B Customizing Your Device 287 Security and Palm Desktop Software Windows The Windows version of Palm Desktop software observes the security password for your Centro device If you forget your password you cannot view your information in Palm Desktop software If your device is unlocked you can change your password on your device but all entries marked as private are deleted You can restore your private entries the next time you sync Follow these steps to recover a lost password 1 Press Applications and select Security lt b 2 Select the Password box 3 Select the Lost Password box 4 Select Yes Entering Owner Information You can use Owner Preferences to record information that you want to associate with your Centro device such as your name company name and home phone number If you lock your device see Locking Your Device on page 285 the Owner Preferences information appears on the screen that requests your password to unlock it and you must also enter your password to change the Owner Preferences information 1 Press Applications and select Prefs b 2 Select Owner This device is owned by Your name here Please return if 3 If you assigned a password with the Security application select touna Unlock enter your password and then select OK I5s5 1111
270. sing your voicemail see Using Voicemail on page 68 Section 1B Setting Up Service 31 Creating Sprint Account Passwords As a Sprint customer you enjoy unlimited access to your personal account information your voicemail account and your Sprint Power Vision account To ensure that no one else has access to your information you need to create passwords to protect your privacy Account Username and Password If you are the account owner create an account username and password to use to sign on to sprintcom and to use when calling Sprint Customer Service To create your username and password visit sprintcom click Need to register for access and follow the online instructions If you are not the account owner if someone else pays for your Sprint service you can also get a subaccount password at sprintcom Voicemail Password Create your voicemail password when you set up your voicemail See Setting Up Your Voicemail on page 31 Sprint Power Vision Password With your Centro device you may elect to set up a Sprint Power Vision password This optional password can be used to authorize the purchase of Premium Services content and to protect personal information on multi phone accounts To learn more or to change your passwords sign on to sprintcom or call Sprint Customer Service at 1 888 211 4727 32 Section 1B Setting Up Service Section 1C Synchronizing Information In This Section
271. softly and then increase to full volume the longer it rings 8 Select ringtones from the following pick lists Known Caller for an incoming call from someone in your Contacts or Favorites Unknown Caller for an incoming call from someone identified by caller ID who is not in your Contacts or Favorites Roaming for incoming calls when you re outside the Sprint National Network 9 Select Done 88 You can also preview delete and send sounds on your device Press Applications select Sounds and then select Manage To play a souna select it and then press Center on the 5 way To delete a sound select it and then press Backspace To send a sound select it and then select Talk Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features Selecting Phone Alert Tones You can set various tones for various types of alerts 1 oS aR amp ND N Press Phone X Press Menu Select Options and then select Sound Preferences Select the Application pick list and then select Phone Alerts Select the Volume pick list and then select the volume level Select the Vibrate pick list and then select when you want the vibrate option to turn on Select options for when an alert should sound Sound amp Alerts Volume w 4 Vibrate When Sound Off Voicemail Alert Alert Waterfall Coverage in out On Signal Faded Off Bone Crew Manase Ties Voicemail Alertto indicate when a
272. software Calculator basic advanced Calendar Camcorder Camera Contacts Documents To Go Google Maps IM instant messaging Memos On Demand Palm Desktop software HotSync manager Phone includes Palm OS Favorites and Dial Pad Pics amp Videos Pocket Tunes music SMS text messages Sprint Mobile Email Section 8B Specifications 351 Included software Sprint TV continued Tasks VersaMail email Voice Memo Web browser Internet World Clock System requirements Windows XP Service Pack 2 Windows Media Center Edition 2005 with USB port or Windows Vista 32 bit version only Mac OS 10 3 10 4 x with USB port Later versions may also be supported Operating and storage 32 F to 104 F 0 C to 40 C temperature range 5 to 90 relative humidity RH 352 Section 8B Specifications Index Numerics 1xEV DO EVDO technology 329 1xRTT networks 97 1XRTT protocol 329 411 phone calls 327 5 way controls 46 48 5 way navigator 18 46 911 phone calls 93 95 284 337 A abbreviated dialing See 911 phone calls AC adapter 24 AC charger 19 21 24 accented characters 54 accessing account information 32 326 alternate characters 54 application menus 49 applications 58 60 calculator 242 Dial Pad 63 71 directory assistance 327 email 289 online albums 192 Palm online support 326 Sprint Power Vision services 106 Sprint Web site 326 voicemail 31 68 69
273. st channel highlighted Select or press Right to view the channel list with the last channel highlighted e A few seconds after playback begins the toolbar is hidden and you can view the content on the full screen Press Up or Down to display the toolbar press Up or Down again to hide the toolbar again Press the Volume button on the side of your device to adjust the volume Section 4C Watching TV 211 212 Section 4C Watching TV Section 5 Your Mobile Organizer Sprint ahead 214 Section 5A Using Your Device s Organizer Features In This Section Contacts Calendar Tasks Memos Section 5A Using Your Device s Organizer Features 215 Contacts Contacts is where you enter information about people you know You can access this information from the Phone application to dial phone numbers and create favorites and from the Messaging and email applications to send messages When you create a contact you can also assign a caller ID picture or ringtone to that contact so that you know when that person is calling If you have several contacts to enter it s more efficient to use Palm Desktop software or Microsoft Outlook on your computer and then synchronize information between your Palm Centro smart device and your computer For more information see Synchronizing Information The Basics on page 39 If you use Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync your contacts
274. t or to move a song to another playlist right click the song title and choose an appropriate option from the menu Transferring Music Files From Your Computer Windows To play songs on your Palm Centro smart device you must copy audio files from a computer to your device using the included Pocket Tunes Deluxe application Make sure the Pocket Tunes Deluxe application is open before you begin Files can be copied from a variety Section 4B Listening to Music 201 of desktop music applications including Windows Media Player Sprint Music Manager and others There may be restrictions that prevent you from downloading viewing and or copying a video or music file for example DVD CD or MP3 file You may also be prohibited from providing copies of the video or music file to any third person It is your responsibility to ensure that you have obtained the legal right to use the video or music file for personal use and to honor any restrictions imposed by the original content providers If an expansion card is inserted into the device on a Windows computer the music files are copied to an Audio folder on the expansion card If you don t have an expansion card inserted the music files are copied to device memory For more information about Pocket Tunes visit pocket tunes com 1 If you are transferring from a Mac computer insert an expansion card into your device This step is optional for Windows users Co
275. t 228 232 alarm tones 228 354 alarms 20 88 89 223 272 See also alerts album art 203 Album pick list 130 181 183 albums music 203 albums Pics amp Videos 181 188 190 alert icon 98 Alert Manager 303 Alert me of new mail check box 136 alert preferences 89 136 Alert screens 68 99 100 146 Alert Sound pick list 136 alert tones 89 136 150 alerts adding to events 223 228 assigning to tasks 232 clearing 100 receiving messages and 136 146 149 150 receiving pages and 69 receiving phone calls and 67 receiving voicemail and 68 viewing 98 99 100 150 Alerts command 136 150 aligning the screen 275 302 Also delete message s on server option 134 Alt key 52 329 alternate characters 54 Always route calls to Hands Free check box 86 anniversaries 224 Answer button 66 74 answering phone calls 66 67 74 86 Index AOL services 115 application categories 58 Application favorite button 80 application preferences 35 276 277 279 application settings See application preferences applications See also third party applications accessing 58 60 associating with buttons 80 278 beaming 257 categorizing 276 277 closing menus in 49 composing email messages and 130 copying 257 267 cycling through 58 displaying information about 253 displaying list of 277 displaying menus in 49 displaying recently used 58 downloading 158 249 250 installing 248 251 301 making phone calls and 72 opening 57 58 266 278 removing
276. t Device to Your Computer on page 38 Section 1C Synchronizing Information 35 36 Install the new desktop synchronization software from the Palm Software Installation CD see Installing the Desktop Synchronization Software on page 37 Do not synchronize your new Centro smart device with any previous versions of Palm Desktop software During the installation process synchronize your new Centro device with your new desktop synchronization software as instructed When prompted do the following Connect your new device to your computer see Connecting Your Palm Centro Smart Device to Your Computer on page 38 s Indicate whether you want to sync all applications or only PIM personal information management applications Select a device name for your new device be sure to select the same name that you used for your old device This is the name that appears in the User list in Palm Desktop software Mac users only lf you have pictures on your old device copy them from your old device to an expansion card or beam them to your new Centro device If you plan to continue using your old device perform a hard reset to remove its associated device name See the documentation that came with your old device for instructions on performing a hard reset Each device you synchronize with your computer must have a unique name The next time you synchronize your old device with your computer be sure to assign it a new
277. t as default B C Handheld overwrites Desktop Of Do nothing Select one of the two overwrite options if you want the information in one location device or computer to completely replace the information in the other location for that application For example if the Calendar information on your device is accurate but the information on your computer has become corrupted select Handheld overwrites desktop for the Calendar application to have your device information replace your computer information Note that handheld refers to your device and desktop refers to your computer 7 Optional Repeat steps 4 and 5 for each application for which you want to turn synchronization on or off 8 Optional To keep this synchronization setting on an ongoing basis check the Set as default box If you do not check this box the option you select applies only the next time Section 6A Managing Files and Applications 259 you synchronize Thereafter information is updated according to the default setting for that application 9 Click OK and then click Done On a Mac computer 1 Double click the Palm Desktop 8 amp amp icon in the Palm folder 2 From the HotSync menu select Conduit Settings 3 From the User pop up menu select your device name 4 Select the application for which you want to turn synchronization on or off and then click Conduit Settings 5 Do one of the following 260 Select S
278. t in versus if you are using a wireless Bluetooth adapter If the following procedure does not work with your computer check your computer s documentation for how to set up Bluetooth technology to access the Internet using a DUN connection You may need to use a virtual private network VPN to access corporate email Check with your system administrator for more information Before you begin verify that DUN is enabled on both your computer and your device 1 Open the Bluetooth screen on your computer and look for the _ aaimamatouete Ax option for paired devices Check your computer s documentation for how to open this screen and for the name of the paired devices option 2 Double click the icon or option representing your device Your computer connects to your device and shows that DUN services are available 3 Double click the DUN icon 4 Enter the following in the Dial field 777 You do not need to enter anything in the User Name or Password field 5 Click Dial Once the connection is successfully established you can browse the Internet on your computer or download your email Section 3G Using Bluetooth Wireless Technology and Dial Up Networking 175 You may be asked if you want to remember this dial text for this connection We recommend that you choose to remember the dial text to avoid errors and the inconvenience of entering it for every session To verify that you are connected look for
279. t one alert the page P icon is a phone with a bubble on it If there are multiple alerts the messaging Pre icon appears instead 1 From the Alert screen highlight an item with an alert icon 2 Select Go To to view the page in the Messaging application The page displays the caller s phone number Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features What Can I Do When I m On a Call When you make or receive a call Active Call view appears Use the 5 way to access the onscreen buttons in this view P Jane Ww Active 555 3333 00 07______ ganges Callers Name and Number Current Duration of Call Dial Pad Mute RON The onscreen buttons in Active Call view perform the following functions Ends the call immediately You can also press the headset button ae if the headset is attached Up All zD Turns on the speakerphone When the speakerphone is on you can take the device away from your ear and use other features during a call For hone example you can check your calendar or look up contact information Turns off the speakerphone when it is on 70 Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features such as a headset or car kit is attached Select this button to transfer the ie Replaces the Spkr phone button when a Bluetooth hands free device ous call from the Bluetooth hands free device to the built in earpiece oo Places the current call on hold Hold am Enables you to place ano
280. t signal strength issues e f you re standing move about 3 meters in any direction In a building move near a window Open any metal blinds In a building move outdoors or to a more open area Outdoors move away from large buildings trees or electrical wires In a vehicle move your device so that it s level with a window My Palm Centro Smart Device Won t Connect to the Mobile Network e Try the suggestions in the preceding section for weak signals e Turn off your phone and turn it on again See Turning Your Device s Phone On and Off on page 61 e Perform a soft reset see Soft Reset on page 295 e If you have an active DUN session that is you are using your device s phone as a modem terminate the session see Using Your Device s Phone as a Modem on page 109 or Using Your Device as a Wireless Modem on page 173 The Other Person Hears an Echo e Try decreasing the volume on your device to avoid coupling or feedback on the other person s end This applies to both the speakerphone and the earpiece e Position the earpiece closer to your ear to prevent sound leaking back into the microphone Keep your hand away from the microphone hole which is on the bottom right side of the phone e f you re using the speakerphone feature with your device lying on a flat surface try turning the device face down screen facing the surface Hear My Own Voice Echo Ask the person on the other end of the call to t
281. t tones for 89 selecting ringtones for 88 90 239 setting up call waiting for 74 setting up conference calls for 75 76 silencing ringer for 67 temporarily disabling 26 text messaging and 146 troubleshooting problems with 310 312 turning on and off 25 60 61 Phone application customizing Main view in 86 defined 331 displaying calendar in 221 displaying current events in 87 monitoring device status and 97 opening 58 62 selecting wallpaper for 87 191 Phone as Modem feature 331 phone book 85 Phone button 17 62 phone calls See also phone phone numbers adding a second 74 adjusting volume for 29 disabling screen for 284 forwarding 76 77 93 holding 71 74 making 29 62 65 75 311 receiving 31 66 67 74 374 routing to Bluetooth devices 82 85 86 running applications during 72 screening 90 sending to voicemail 31 67 74 switching to a second 74 75 transmitting location during 93 viewing information about 70 Phone Display Options command 87 Phone Display Options dialog box 86 phone headsets 20 72 81 82 98 Phone Info command 30 Phone Info screen 30 106 Phone Lock command 284 phone numbers adding pauses to 80 adding speed dial buttons for 79 80 adding to Call forwarding list 76 adding to Contacts list 73 assigning Quick Keys to 78 80 copying and pasting 63 dialing extra digits with 71 80 92 displaying recently dialed 65 entering 62 63 71 87 92 formatting 92 getting device 30 highlighting 65 saving 73 select
282. t use your device as a modem with Sprint Connection Manager On your computer open the Sprint Connection Manager software select your device name and then click Connect Once the connection is established launch an Internet session check your email or do anything else you would do using a traditional Internet connection Section 3A Sprint Power Vision 6 When you re ready to terminate the Internet connection double click the Sprint Connection Manager icon in the taskbar in the lower right corner of your computer screen and then click Disconnect to end the session While your data connection is active you can receive incoming calls and place outgoing calls however doing either of these suspends the data connection until you hang up the call Sprint Power Vision data services are available on the Sprint National Network Sprint Power Vision services work anywhere on the network but broadbana like download speeds are available only in areas with high speed data covered by the Sprint Mobile Broadband network Section 3A Sprint Power Vision 111 112 Section 3A Sprint Power Vision Section 3B Using Email In This Section What Email Applications Can Use on My Smart Device Using Sprint Mobile Email The VersaMail Application Section 3B Using Email 113 What Email Applications Can Use on My Smart Device If you ve activated Sprint Power Vision you re read
283. tall you cannot remove the built in applications that reside in the ROM portion of your Centro device These applications appear with a lock icon next to them 1 Press Applications 2 If you want to remove an application from an expansion card insert the card into your device 3 Press Menu Section 6A Managing Files and Applications 251 4 Select Delete on the App menu 5 Select the Delete From pick list and select the location of the laoneis i application you want to remove Phone or Card 6 Select the application that you want to remove Ls aoe pms a MIDI Ring Tones 32K 7 Select Delete PACE Data Store Reser 0K 8 Synchronize to remove the application from the Backup folder PACERsrs8 me on your computer Applications deleted from your device are kept on your computer in the Archive folder of your user folder If you re having trouble locating your user folder see I Can t Find My User Folder on page 303 Manually Deleting Applications From Your Computer If an application you delete reappears on your device you may need to manually delete it from your computer 1 Locate your Backup folder on your computer Windows C Program Files Palm lt Device Name gt Mac Mac HD Users lt User Name gt Documents Palm Users lt Device Name gt s If you upgraded from a previous version of Palm Desktop your Backup folder may be located in the palmOne or Handspri
284. ted when you synchronize directly with your computer For additional information see Getting Messages From Your Corporate Microsoft Exchange Server Onto Your Device on page 138 VersaMail users Displaying Your Calendar e Press Calendar amp repeatedly to cycle through the various views Agenda view shows your daily schedule and any items on your Tasks list that are overdue or due today If there s room Agenda view also shows your schedule for the next dates 6 00 that have events scheduled ERIE Cetais New GoTo Dayview shows your daily schedule one day at a time 220 Section 5A Using Your Device s Organizer Features Week view shows your schedule for an entire week The time frames are based on the Start Time and End Time settings in Calendar Preferences Month view shows your schedule for a whole month From any Calendar view open the Options menu and select Year view to view a calendar for an entire year e From any Calendar view except Agenda view use the 5 way or stylus to move to another day week month or year based on the current view e From any Calendar view except Agenda view select Go To and then select a date from the calendar You can customize your phone to display the most current Calendar event on the Main view in the Phone application Press Phone open the Options menu and then select Phone Display Options Check the Show Calendar event
285. the VersaMail application with your computer using the USB sync cable You can synchronize VersaMail messages wirelessly using Microsoft Exc My vCard or vCal Email Attachment Isn t Forwarding Correctly Palm Desktop software provides several features that work with email client software on a Windows computer For these features to work correctly the email client software must be properly set up Follow these steps to check the settings 1 a Aw ND hange ActiveSync Click Start on your computer and then select Control Panel or Settings gt Control Panel Select Internet Options and then click the Programs tab Make sure that the email field is set to the correct email client software Click OK Start the email client software and make sure it is configured as the default MAPI client Consult the documentation for your desktop email application for more information Section 7A Help 315 After Get Messages Either Manually or Through Auto Sync Messages Disappear From My Inbox If you have an account that uses Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync when Microsoft Direct Push takes place or you perform an Auto Sync the last three days worth of email messages are downloaded from your mail server to your Inbox All messages older than three days are deleted from your Inbox they are not deleted on the server however You can change the setting in VersaMail preferences to download fewer than three days worth of messages
286. the built up static electricity 346 Section 8A Important Safety Information ESD Susceptible Equipment Even a small amount of ESD can harm circuitry so when working with electronic devices take measures to help protect your electronic devices including your Palm device from ESD harm While Palm has built protections against ESD into its products ESD unfortunately exists and unless neutralized could build up to levels that could harm your equipment Any electronic device that contains an external entry point for plugging in anything from cables to docking stations is susceptible to entry of ESD Devices that you carry with you such as your device build up ESD in a unique way because the static electricity that may have built up on your body is automatically passed to the device Then when the device is connected to another device such as a docking station a discharge event can occur Precautions Against ESD Make sure to discharge any built up static electricity from yourself and your electronic devices before touching an electronic device or connecting one device to another The recommendation from Palm is that you take this precaution before connecting your device to your computer placing the device in a cradle or connecting it to any other device You can do this in many ways including the following e Ground yourself when you re holding your mobile device by simultaneously touching a metal surface that is at earth ground
287. the developer to find out which information is backed up during synchronization 1 Remove the battery from your device 2 Press and hold Power End i while reinserting the battery See Replacing the Battery on page 298 for details 3 When the second Palm logo appears release Power End 4 When the Erase all data prompt appears press Up to confirm the hard reset S 5 Ifa Reformatting in progress message appears do not touch your device until the process is complete This may take up to ten minutes 6 Follow the onscreen instructions to align the screen and set the date and time Section 7A Help 297 7 Optional If you want to confirm that the hard reset was successful press Applications and select HotSync If you see your device name in the upper right corner the hard reset was not successful If you do not see your device name the reset was successful 8 Sync to restore any previously synchronized information Replacing the Battery Your Centro device comes with a replaceable battery Be sure to use a battery that is approved by Sprint and that is compatible with your device Failure to use the proper battery may result in personal injury or product damage and it voids your device warranty 1 Press Power End i to turn off the screen 2 Gently press down on the Battery Door and then slide the door downward to remove it from your device 3
288. then select the contact The number is pasted into the first available phone number field for that contact 7 G O Don t ask me this again e To decline adding this number select Cancel Call Duration 0 08 e To disable the Add New Number prompt check the Don t ask me this again box You can reenable the Add New Number prompt if you ve disabled it In the Phone application press Menu and select Phone Preferences Check the Ask to add unknown phone numbers after calls box If you don t add a number right away follow these steps to add it later In the Call Log see Redialing a Recently Called Number on page 65 highlight the number you want to save 2 Press Menu 3 Select Add Contact 1 Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features 4 Enter the information for the entry 5 Select Done Making a Second Call You can make a second call while your first call is still active 1 Dial the first number and wait until the person answers Sprint Sotil 2 Use the 5 way to select Hold Daveon Marks W On Hold 510 555 0709 00 20 3 Use the 5 way to select Add Call iy T Nguyen W 4 Dial the second number using any of the methods described in 555 2324 Making Calls on page 62 B ape 5 When the Dial another call prompt appears Hang J Spkrz Conf select Yes Active Call view now includes two status lines each representing one of the calls You can join the two calls
289. ther call while the first call is on hold For Add nformation on handling a second outgoing call see Making a Second Call Call on page 74 88 Opens the Dial Pad so you can manually dial additional numbers such as ad an extension or a response to a voice prompt Extra Dials any extra digits such as a password or an extension that you Digits assigned to a favorite button This button replaces the Dial Pad button during outgoing calls to numbers that include predefined extra digits See Defining Favorite Buttons on page 78 for information on defining extra digits TD Mutes the microphone so that you cannot be heard To avoid accidentally pressing onscreen buttons while holding the device to your ear you can disable the screen s touch sensitive feature during your calls see Locking Your Screen on page 283 Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features Ending a Call Do one of the following to end a call e Press Power End i e Select Hang Up All e Press the button on the headset if the headset is attached When a call lasts longer than two minutes the screen dims or turns off see Optimizing Power Settings on page 281 Press any key except Power End to wake up the screen and then press Power End to hang up the call Be careful not to accidentally press Power End to wake up the screen because this ends the call Switching Applications During a Call You can
290. tinue your call with the first caller Making a Conference Call Using Three Way Calling You can join two calls in a conference session by using three way calling Normal airtime rates apply for each of the two calls 1 When your first call is active place a second call see Making a Second Call on page 74 You cannot initiate a three way call if the second call is an incoming call 2 When you re connected to the second party use the 5 way to select Conf to begin your three way call Sprint 510 555 0709 fg TNguyen W 555 2324 2 2B Hang Spkr Up All phone Soud Daveon Marks W On Hold 00 19 Sprint oTa il Group Conference Active 00 25 z A Hang Spkr Up All phone aD Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features If one of the people you called hangs up you and the remaining caller stay connected The screen does not change to indicate that one of the callers has hung up You cannot switch between callers but you can still speak to the remaining caller If you initiated the call and are the first to hang up all three callers are disconnected You can also use Flash mode to connect to multiple callers See Using Flash Mode on page 77 3 To end the three way call press Power End i or select Hang Up All Call Forwarding You can forward calls to another number You can still make calls from your device while call forwarding is ac
291. tion 1C Synchronizing Information Upgrading From Another Palm OS by ACCESS Device If you are setting up your first Palm OS by ACCESS device skip ahead to Connecting Your Palm Centro Smart Device to Your Computer on page 38 You can transfer all compatible applications and information from your previous Palm OS device to your new Palm Centro smart device This includes your calendar events contacts memos and tasks as well as your application settings and any compatible third party applications and files When you install Palm Desktop software some third party applications may be quarantined because they are not compatible with the Palm OS software version 5 4 9 on your new Centro device Quarantined files are not installed on your device nor are they deleted these files are placed in a new folder on your computer C Program Files Palm lt device name gt PalmOS5 Incompatible Apps On some systems Palm may be replaced with palmOne or Handspring Some third party utilities allow you to back up your old device s information onto an expansion card and then transfer the information to your Centro device We do not recommend this method because any incompatible applications are also transferred 1 Synchronize your old device with your old desktop software to back up your information one last time 2 Connect your new smart device to your computer see Connecting Your Palm Centro Smar
292. tion 4B Listening to Music Editing a Playlist 1 Press Applications and select pTunes g Press Menu Select Actions and then select Manage Playlists Highlight the playlist you want to edit and then select Edit aA wD Do any of the following To delete a song from the playlist select the song and then select Remove To add a song select Add Song select a song and then select OK To move a song up or down one slot select a song and then select Up or Down 6 Select Save List To delete a playlist select Manage Playlists from the Actions menu select the playlist and then select Delete Select OK to confirm the deletion Section 4B Listening to Music 207 208 Section 4B Listening to Music Section 4C Watching TV In This Section Accessing Streamed Media Viewing Streamed Media Section 4C Watching TV 209 Accessing Streamed Media The Sprint TV application enables you to view streamed audio and video media from various channels on your Palm Centro smart device You can choose from a list of provided channels or purchase additional channels so that you can download and view the programs you want 1 Press Applications 2 Select Sprint TV Le and then navigate to the channel list you want as follows To go back one channel screen select Back Note The Back option does not appear on the default channel screen To go back to the main chan
293. tions the screen may appear blank when this occurs Press any key except Power End to restore the screen to normal brightness Pressing Power End hangs up the call When a period of inactivity lasts longer than the limit specified in Power Preferences the screen turns off When you are not on a call press and release Power End i to wake up the screen When you are on a call press any key except Power End i to wake up the screen Look closely at the screen If you can see a dim image try adjusting the screen brightness see Adjusting the Brightness on page 273 If the screen is still blank perform a soft reset see Soft Reset on page 295 If the problem persists connect the Centro device to the AC charger see Charging the Battery on page 23 and perform a soft reset again If that doesn t work perform a hard reset see Hard Reset on page 296 The Screen Doesn t Respond Accurately to Taps or It Activates Wrong Features 1 2 3 302 Press Applications and use the 5 way to select Prefs 2 Use the 5 way O to select Touchscreen Follow the onscreen instructions to align the screen For best results use the stylus to align the screen Select Done If the problem persists check for material trapped between the screen and the edge of the device If you re using a screen protector make sure that it is properly installed Section 7A Help There s a B
294. tivate it 7 Turn on the phone feature Press Power End i and if prompted press Center C on the 5 way to turn off Keyguard Next press and hold Power End Upon turning on the phone you may see a prompt asking if you want to provision now or later Select Now and follow the onscreen instructions to activate your device Skip the rest of this procedure 2 Press Applications Use the 5 way to highlight the Web amp application and then press Center C There is no charge for this service during activation 3 Follow any onscreen instructions to complete activation A message appears when the process is complete 4 Nait for the device to turn off and then back on If this does not occur press and hold Power End to turn it off and then press and hold Power End i to turn it back on 5 To confirm activation make a phone call If you received your device in the mail and you want to use it for a number that s already on your account pick one of the following activation options e Open your computer s Web browser and go to www sprint com activate Follow the onscreen instructions When you have finished complete steps 1 5 above e From another phone call Sprint Customer Service at 1 888 211 4727 If you need help with activation then from another phone call Sprint Customer Service at 1 888 211 4727 28 Section 1B Setting Up Service Unlocking Your Device 1 If the screen
295. tivated There is an additional per call charge for this service When call forwarding is active an icon appears in the title bar of the Phone application s Main view 1 Press Phone X 2 Press Menu 3 Select Options and then select Phone Preferences Phone Preferences 4 Select the Call forward pick list paeabkadekob BEA 911 Only If the forwarding number appears in the pick list select the O Short DTMF Tones number TTY TDD Off If the forwarding number does not appear in the pick list O Hearing Aid Compatibility select Edit numbers and then select New Enter a 10 digit Ntmbers etter calls forwarding number without spaces and select OK Then select the number from the Call forward pick list 5 Select OK 76 Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features 6 Call your Centro device to confirm that call forwarding is active 7 To turn off call forwarding select the Call forward pick list and select Off You can also turn call forwarding on by dialing 72 followed by the number where you want to forward your calls and then press Talk For example 72 415 555 1234 and then press Talk When you re ready to turn off call forwarding enter 720 and then press Talk Using Flash Mode Flash mode provides an alternate way to manage your calls while one or more calls are active For example you can dial another call swap between calls or join two calls in a confe
296. to determine if these systems are adequately shielded from external RF signals Also check with the manufacturer regarding any equipment that has been added to your vehicle Consult the manufacturer of any personal medical devices such as pacemakers and hearing aids to determine if they are adequately shielded from external RF signals Always turn off the phone in health care facilities and request permission before using the phone near medical equipment 338 Section 8A Important Safety Information Turning Off Your Phone Before Flying Turn off your phone before boarding any aircraft To prevent possible interference with aircraft systems the U S Federal Aviation Administration FAA regulations require you to have permission from a crew member to use your phone while the plane is on the ground To prevent any risk of interference FCC regulations prohibit using your phone while the plane is in the air Turning Off Your Phone in Dangerous Areas To avoid interfering with blasting operations turn your phone off when in a blasting area or in other areas with signs indicating two way radios should be turned off Construction crews often use remote control RF devices to set off explosives Turn your phone off when you re in any area that has a potentially explosive atmosphere Although it s rare your phone and accessories could generate sparks Sparks can cause an explosion or fire resulting in bodily injury or even death
297. to most applications Press Right gt Left 4 Up A and Down Y on the 5 way to move to the next field button or action in that direction e In list screens press and hold Up or Down to scroll one screen at a time Press Option O and Up or Down to scroll to the next page of information within the current record see Using the Keyboard on page 51 rom Suppor t palm com j More tips ial a phone number directly from our email If someone sends you a phone 0O number in an email message simply tap it to dial e a message bv accident Done Reply Er Ceir 1 Scroll Arrows 2 Scroll Bar e When inside a text field press Right or Left lt to scroll to the next character or word and press Up or Down to scroll between lines You can also scroll using the stylus Tap an onscreen scroll arrow or drag the slider of an onscreen scroll bar Highlighting and Selecting Items On most screens one item a button a list entry or a check box is highlighted by default The highlight identifies which item is affected by your next action Use the 5 way to move the highlight from one item to another before opening or selecting it Section 2A Moving Around on Your Smart Device 47 The highlight can take one of two forms depending on what is highlighted e Border glow When an onscreen button OK Cancel etc or pick list is highlighted the button acquires a glow around its border
298. to send the video using one of the available Sprint Power Vision Online Services see Using Online Services on page 151 Select Upload to Online Albums to upload the video to your online album see Using Your Online Album on page 192 The video recording screen displays the approximate recording time you have left based on the space available on your device or expansion card Actual recording time may vary depending on how fast you are moving how many colors you are recording and so on 184 Section 4A Working With Your Pictures and Videos Customizing Your Camera Settings You can customize the built in camera s settings for your Centro device 1 Open Camera or Camcorder and then press Menu If you are in Camera view the Photo Settings screen appears If you are in Camcorder view the Video Settings screen appears 2 Adjust any of the following settings PhotoSettings Effects sets the color palette for the current picture or video ivi cnn pal You can t change an item s palette after you take the picture shutter sound On Resolution 1280 x 1024 or video Date stamp Off Prompt sound Pictures only sets the sound that plays nies before you take the picture Ante nentings Default format Shutter sound indicates whether a sound is played when you take a picture Microphone Videos only turns the microphone on and off VideoSettings so that you can record videos
299. top You can download a trial version of Microsoft Outlook and learn about discount offers by visiting palm com us support centro centro_sprint 40 Section 1C Synchronizing Information For information on locating your pictures and videos on your computer see Viewing Pictures and Videos on Your Computer on page 194 1 Connect your Centro device to your computer as described in Connecting Your Palm Centro Smart Device to Your Computer on page 38 If you re performing initial setup your device should already be connected to your computer 2 Press the sync button on the sync cable Sync Button A message indicates that synchronization is in progress 3 Wait for a message that indicates that the process is complete before you disconnect the sync cable If you have any problems synchronizing see Synchronization on page 303 for troubleshooting suggestions Section 1C Synchronizing Information 41 If you re finishing your initial setup you now have the option to install bonus software from palm com us support centro centro_sprint lf you choose to install some of the bonus software you need to sync again to install the software on your device To install bonus software later see Installing Applications on page 248 For more synchronization options including customizing which applications sync see Synchronizing Information Advancea o
300. try has developed ratings for some of their mobile phones to assist hearing device users in finding phones that may be compatible with their hearing devices Not all phones have been rated Phones that have been rated have a label on the box Your Centro smart device by Palm phone has an M4 and T4 rating These ratings are not guarantees Results will vary depending on the level of immunity of your hearing device and the degree of your hearing loss If your hearing device happens to be vulnerable to interference you may not be able to use a rated phone successfully Trying out the phone with your hearing device is the best way to evaluate it for your personal needs M Ratings Phones rated M3 or M4 meet FCC requirements and are likely to generate less interference with hearing devices than phones that are not labeled M4 is the better higher of the two ratings T Ratings Phones rated T3 or T4 meet FCC requirements and are likely to be more usable with a hearing device s telecoil T Switch or Telephone Switch than unrated phones T4 is the better higher of the two ratings Note that not all hearing devices contain telecoils The more immune your hearing aid device is the less likely you are to experience interference noise from your wireless phone Hearing aid devices should have ratings similar to those of phones Ask your hearing health care professional for the rating of your hearing aid Add the rating of your hearing aid and
301. ts open the Options menu select Preferences and check the New events use time zones box All your new events are assigned to your local time zone and you can change this setting for individual events In addition if you sync with Outlook and you select the time zone option on the Calendar conduit sync screen then time zones sync for any new events you create in Outlook Time zone settings are not added to any events that you created before you set these time zone settings If you want your events with time zones to stay at the same time in Calendar regardless of the time zone you are in go to Date amp Time Preferences select the Automatically set pick list and then select either Nothing or Date amp Time If you select Date time and time zone Section 5A Using Your Device s Organizer Features from the Automatically set pick list the event time shifts if you travel to a different time zone See Setting the Date and Time on page 279 for information Adding an Alarm to an Event 1 In Calendar select the event 2 Select Details Event Details Li Alarm amp 30 v Minutes Location fm Category Daily until Every week Every other week R epeat 1 Type of Time Units 2 Number of Time Units 3 Check the Alarm box and then select the number of minutes hours or days before the event you would like to receive the alarm The alarm for untimed events see Creating an U
302. tting is on your device sends the audio from your phone calls to the telecoil rather than to the microphone of your hearing aid You are likely to hear calls much better because volume is increased and background noise and feedback are diminished The HAC setting improves only the calls you listen to through the earpiece Turn off your device s Bluetooth Wireless feature It does not affect calls heard on the speakerphone or with a car kit or headset HAC requires extra battery power so watch your battery consumption when it s turned on Section 8A Important Safety Information 341 Do not turn on the HAC setting unless you use a hearing aid with a telecoil Using this setting without a hearing aid or with a hearing aid without a telecoil may be harmful to your hearing Make sure your phone is turned on see Turning Your Device s Phone On and Off on page 61 Press Phone X Press Menu Select Options and then select Phone Preferences Check the Hearing Aid Compatibility box Select OK oS aKR amp ND Caring for the Battery Protecting Your Battery The guidelines listed below help you get the most out of your battery s performance e Recently there have been some public reports of wireless phone batteries overheating catching fire or exploding It appears that many if not all of these reports involve counterfeit or inexpensive aftermarket brand batteries with unknown or questionable m
303. ttings 258 synchronization software 37 38 40 synchronizing calendar 40 138 222 308 309 contacts 40 138 email 138 information 34 38 39 258 306 memos 40 over corporate servers 138 over infrared connections 262 pictures and videos 40 tasks 40 voice memos 238 system color schemes 276 system errors 324 system requirements 34 352 system resets 296 system sounds 272 273 System Volume pick list 273 T Take new picture option 145 Take new video option 145 Talk button 18 Tap and Drag pick list 163 tapping 20 46 302 Task Details screen 229 Index tasks adding 229 checking off 231 completing 231 232 customizing 232 deleting 232 displaying 227 231 232 marking as private 230 prioritizing 230 setting alerts for 232 sorting 232 synchronizing 40 transferring to smart device 35 Tasks application changing screen fonts for 274 managing tasks with 229 232 opening 229 updating information in 40 Tasks icon 229 Tasks list 220 Tasks Preferences screen 232 TDD devices 94 technical support 32 323 326 telecommunications devices 94 Telecommunications Relay Service 94 telephone See phone temperature conversions 243 text copying 160 deleting 64 enabling auto complete for 163 entering 53 145 153 highlighting 48 381 searching for 160 248 viewing against pictures 227 text fields 47 text message icon 99 149 text messages addressing 80 142 145 creating 67 142 143 145 deleti
304. turns the phone back on if it was on before the error occurred Sometimes you might want to know more about an error The Centro smart device by Palm uses a special interface to show error messages in greater detail 1 2 3 4 Press Phone X Enter 377 and then press Talk J Review the screen with details about the conditions that led up to the most recent automatic reset Select OK Please note that third party developers create their own error messages If you do not understand an error message please contact the developer of the application for help Fixing an Error 67 Message 1 aA amp ND 324 Press Phone X From the Dial Pad enter data Press Menu Select Update Vision Profile from the Options menu Select Now Section 7A Help Where to Learn More For a Quick Introduction e Quick Tour The Quick Tour introduces you to many of your Centro device s features It is already installed on your device and you can open it any time Press Applications and then select Quick Tour G4 While Using Your Device On device User Guide A copy of this guide that is specially formatted for your device screen To view the on device guide press Applications select My Centro By select the Support tab and then select User Guide You can also download a copy of the User Guide at palm com us support centro centro_sprint e Tips M
305. u set up where you can begin getting and sending email If Usernames iuar Incoming Mail Server your system administrator or ISP provided the port number or mailexcample com security settings select Advanced and enter those settings Outgoing Mail Server smtp example com Section 3B Using Email 127 Receiving and Viewing Email Messages 1 aR w amp 6 Make sure your phone is turned on see Turning Your Device s Phone On and Off on page 61 Press Applications and select Email Z to open the VersaMail application From any mailbox select Get From the Inbox select the message you want to view If a large incoming message is truncated select More Select Done Managing Your Email Messages v inbox 53 53 T gt BizLand 11 7 Server Maintenance Schedul WinZip Computin 11 2 WinZip 10 0 Now Available gt Guru com 10 22 Project Notification Bryan Kring Kri 10 13 Pacific Institute Martin Frank 10 11 RE MFC620CW The status icons that appear next to the messages in your Inbox indicate the following Only the subject header information is downloaded Part or all of the message text is downloaded B The message includes an attachment M This message is high priority You can rearrange the VersaMail list to make it easier to find and view messages e Inthe Inbox select Sort and then select one of the following By Subject By Sender By S
306. unt Setting Email Preferences You can customize the VersaMail settings for each individual email account on your Centro device The preferences you set apply only to the email account you are currently viewing If you have multiple accounts configure each account separately You can customize the display of your mailbox screens how and when to get new messages alert sounds reply options and more For complete instructions on customizing your email 134 Section 3B Using Email settings see the User Guide for the VersaMail Application located on your Palm Software Installation CD or visit palm com us support centro centro_sprint for more information Downloading New Email Messages Automatically You can set up VersaMail to automatically download new email Auto Sync messages to your device Auto syne f Mail 1 From any mailbox screen press Menu very v 1Hour 2 Select Options and then select Preferences Start Time 8 0 am End Time 5 00 pm 3 Select Auto Sync Days CUENH For more information on working with Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync accounts see the User Guide for the VersaMail Application located on your Palm Software Installation CD or visit palm com us support centro centro_sprint 4 Check the Mail box next to the Auto sync option 5 Select the Every pick list and select the time interval from 5 minutes to 12 hours If you set a more frequent interval you may need to rechar
307. up your phone is on by default so you can use wireless services right away If you turn off your phone you can still use the organizer features such as Contacts and Calendar as well as the media features such as the Pocket Tunes music application and Pics amp Videos This is sometimes referred to as flight mode and is ideal for using your device on airplanes and for maximizing battery life 1 Wake up the screen 2 Press and hold Power End i You hear a series of ascending tones and see a Welcome screen When your device locates a signal Sprint and the signal strength Tull icon appear at the top of the Phone application screen indicating that you can use the phone and Internet features if they are supported by the local network 3 Press and hold Power End i again to turn off your phone You hear a series of descending tones and see a Powering off screen When your phone is off Phone Off appears at the top of the Phone application screen You can still use the nonwireless features of your device such as Contacts Calendar Tasks and Memos Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features 61 Opening the Phone Application Press Phone _ to open the Main view of the Phone application Sprint 604 t __ 2 datis Sati n 2 Lai Bal aE Sr levam ilewe j O 1 Status Icons 2 Dial Pad 3 Favorite Buttons Making Calls Your Palm Centro smart device
308. ur information private You can lock any of the following features on your device Keyboard Keyguard You can use the Keyguard feature to disable the keyboard and all buttons in case they are accidentally pressed in your bag or pocket e Screen You can disable the screen s touch sensitive feature during an active call or call alert e Phone Phone Lock You can use the Phone Lock features to set your phone to require a password before a call is made The built in security software lets you call emergency services even if your phone is locked Device You can set your device to require a password for you to see any information on the device e Entries You can mask or hide entries marked as private and set your device to require a password for viewing them Locking Your Keyboard Keyguard The Keyguard feature locks the keyboard so buttons aren t accidentally pressed or items on the screen aren t activated while your device is in a pocket or bag By default Keyguard turns on whenever the screen is off Each time you wake up the screen you must turn off Keyguard to unlock the keyboard and use your device 282 Section 6B Customizing Your Device To turn off Keyguard do the following 1 If the screen is off press Power End i to wake up the screen General 2 Press Center _ to turn off Keyguard To turn on Keyguard nae mereen press Option and then press Power End Formats Keyguard Power Sound amp Alerts
309. urn down the volume on his or her phone or to hold the phone closer to his or her ear 310 Section 7A Help My Voice Is Too Quiet on the Other End Be sure to position the bottom of the Centro smart device or the hands free microphone close to your mouth e Check the signal strength indicator If the signal is weak try to find an area with better coverage l Hear Static or Interference Check the signal strength indicator If the signal is weak try to find an area with better coverage If you re using a hands free device enabled with Bluetooth wireless technology try the following e Move your Centro device closer to the hands free device Audio quality degrades as the distance between your Centro device and the hands free device increases The effective range for a hands free device varies among manufacturers e Confirm that no obstructions including your body are between the Centro device and your hands free device For example move your Centro device to the same side of your body as your hands free device My Device Hangs Up When I Hold It to My Ear You may be accidentally pressing the onscreen Hang Up All button with your cheek Try holding the device so that your face doesn t press against the screen If this is not convenient you may want to disable the screen s touch sensitive feature during active calls see Locking Your Screen on page 283 My Device Seems to Turn Off by Itself Your Centro devi
310. use many other applications on your device including the organizer and text messaging features while holding a phone conversation You cannot however make a data connection while on a call This means that you cannot browse the Web or send and receive email or Picture Mail messages while on a call 1 Do one of the following Select Hold Select Spkr phone Connect a headset 2 Press Applications a o continue the conversation while you view the other application see Using a Phone Headset on page 81 3 Select the icon for the application you want to open 72 Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features 4 Complete the task in the application 5 Press Phone to return to Active Call view If youd like to continue talking while viewing another application select Spkr phone before you switch to the other application If you re using a headset you can skip this step Saving Phone Numbers After you complete an outgoing call to a number that is not in your Contacts list you are prompted to add the number to your Contacts list You are also prompted to add new numbers from incoming calls with caller ID e To create a new contact entry for this number select Create a New Add New Number Contact and enter the contact s information Ada 1 510 555 0237 o your contacts lis e To add this number to an existing contact entry select Add to a Contact and
311. utton 18 Option key 52 53 330 Option Lock 53 optional passwords 32 options 50 organizer features 61 215 outages 318 Outbox 122 130 143 148 Outlook accessing corporate groupware and 139 adding events and 220 222 226 deleting duplicate information in 308 372 downloading 40 entering multiple contacts and 216 synchronizing with 34 38 40 258 307 overdue tasks 227 231 overwrite options 259 owner information 288 Owner Preferences screen 288 P page icon 69 149 paging 69 paired devices option 175 paired relationships See partnerships Palm albums 181 182 Palm Desktop icon 260 Palm Desktop software accessing corporate groupware and 139 adding events and 220 222 creating device passwords and 288 defined 330 entering contacts and 216 sending email and 315 synchronizing with 34 38 40 303 transferring to device 35 uninstalling 305 Palm Files application 266 Palm Media application 194 Palm online support 326 Palm OS by ACCESS 325 331 See also Palm OS devices Palm OS database files 248 Palm OS devices beaming information to 255 Index installing synchronization software for 37 synchronizing information on 306 transferring information from 35 Palm OS software 35 248 See also applications Palm Software Installation CD 16 37 PalmOS5 Incompatible Apps directory 35 PalmSoftware pkg icon 37 paper clip icon 130 132 Partial battery icon 24 partnerships activating DUN connections and 176 changing dev
312. vice outages in your location Can t Access a Web Page First make sure you have Internet access Open the Web browser to see if you can view a Web page you ve successfully viewed before To ensure that you re viewing the page directly from the Internet press Menu select Go and then select Refresh If you can view the page after you refresh it but you still can t access the page you were originally trying to view the page may contain elements that are not supported by the Web browser These include Flash Shockwave VBScript WMLScript and other plug ins Some Web sites use a redirector to their true home page If the Web browser on your device can t follow the redirect try using a desktop browser to see the landing page of the redirector and then enter that address in the Web browser on your device It Takes a Long Time for a Web Page to Load If it is taking longer than usual to load Web pages you may have traveled from a high speed Sprint Power Vision service area to a Sprint 1xRTT service area Although Sprint 1xRTT data service is considered a high speed data service it can seem slow if you are used to Sprint Power Vision speed 1 Press Phone and look for the Sprint Power Vision Till or icon or the Sprint 1xRTT data T l icon in the title bar of the Main view See Checking Signal Strength and Section 7A Help 319 Phone Status on page 97 for a description of the icons that indicate t
313. vice to directly access corporate groupware information on a Microsoft Exchange 2003 or 2007 server Information in these applications is pushed using Microsoft Direct Push directly from the server to your device or wirelessly synchronizes directly with the server from your device without using a desktop computer 138 Section 3B Using Email A Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync account interacts with your desktop software as follows Microsoft Outlook Information in Calendar Contacts and VersaMail on your device is pushed using Microsoft Direct Push or syncs with the server it does not sync directly with Outlook on your desktop However if the server pushes information to or syncs with Outlook on your desktop any information you enter in these applications on your device also appears in Outlook after the next server push or sync Microsoft Direct Push is a feature provided by Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync that pushes email messages Calendar events meeting invitations and updated contact information it receives onto your device e Palm Desktop software Information in Calendar Contacts and VersaMail on your device does not sync with and does not appear in Palm Desktop software on your computer Information in other applications on your device such as Tasks and Memos continues to sync with and appear in the desktop software on your computer Outlook or Palm Desktop For complete information on using a Microsoft Excha
314. with or without sound Effects Normal Shutter sound On Resolution sets the default size for newly captured pictures Microphone On or videos Resolution 352x288 2 Review videos On Date stamp Photos only indicates whether the date the Auto noming E picture is taken appears on your pictures K Review photos videos indicates whether you can review pictures or videos before saving them and how quickly they are automatically saved Auto naming assigns a name to a series of pictures to be captured such as Seattle001 Seattle002 and so on 3 Select Done Section 4A Working With Your Pictures and Videos 185 Viewing Pictures and Videos Viewing a Picture In addition to viewing the pictures you capture with the built in camera you can view pictures captured on many popular digital cameras or downloaded from the Internet Your device supports the following picture formats JPG e BMP e TIF e GIF 1 Press Applications and select Pics amp Videos LEE 2 Select the album that contains the picture you want to see 3 Select the picture you want to view 4 Press Right or Left 4 to scroll to the next item in the album 5 If the picture has a voice caption select to hear it 6 Tap the photo or press Center C to return to Thumbnail view You can also send a photo or video from Thumbnail view Select the photo or video select the Send icon in the lower right corner of the screen and t
315. wnload music to your computer You can then transfer the music from your computer to your Centro device 1 Open the Sprint Music Manager application and select the Get tab from the main window Sprint musicmanager 2 Enter the username and password for your Sprint online Si Gs account or click register for access if you are a first time user 3 Browse genres or search for a title see Searching for Music Files on Your Computer on page 199 4 To purchase a song Click a title to highlight it and then click Buy It Now A confirmation message appears 5 To download the song click Download When the download is complete a confirmation message appears Playing Music With the Sprint Music Manager 1 Select the Manage tab to list all music files found on your PC Sprint music manager Transfer Get 9 Song s 88 min 85 0 MB Gey Mr Pariste JI Mane Store Oownioeas 198 Section 4B Listening to Music 2 By default the music files are organized by category including Songs Artists Albums Genre My Playlists and Music Store Downloads 3 Select a category to display the songs for that category 4 From the upper right of the application screen select one of the following options eo o t o 1 Shuffle Songs 2 Repeat 3 Rewind 4 Play Pause 5 Forward 6 Volume Click Play to begin playback of the selected song Click Shuffle Songs to randomize the playback of songs in the
316. y of the following buttons Alert 11 26am e OKdismisses the alert and places the message in your Inbox New Text Message From 5105557592 e Reply opens Chat view where you can reply with a text message ini Call Back dials the sender s phone number To reply to a message using Sprint Picture Mail select Add from Chat view e Go To Msg opens the message so you can view its full contents If 146 the message is a reply to a previous message the message opens in Chat view Go To URL opens the Web browser so you can view the full contents of the message in your online Sprint Picture Mail account See Working With Your Online Picture Mail Album on page 193 for details Delete deletes the received message directly from the message alert If you have multiple alerts the Alert screen displays all your pending alerts Select an alert to jump to that item or check the box to clear that alert To view all your pending alerts from any screen on your device press and hold Center on the 5 way Section 3C Messaging Using Links in Messages When you receive a message that contains a telephone number email address or URL you can dial the number send an email message or go directly to the Web page 1 2 Press Messaging Select the message that contains the link you want to use 3 Select the phone number email address or URL appears as underlined blue text Your device automatica Ar
317. y to set up an email application on your Palm Centro smart device You can use an email application with your Sprint Mobile Email account as well as with other email accounts such as AOL or Earthlink You can also use an email application with a corporate account Your device includes two email application options e Sprint Mobile Email The VersaMail application You can also access Web based email such as Hotmail Gmail or Yahoo from your device s Web browser An email application is not an email provider An email application works with an account that you have with a provider your Sprint account for example or a corporate account to transfer messages to your device 114 Section 3B Using Email Using Sprint Mobile Email Install the optional Sprint Mobile Email application for access to a variety of email services including the following Yahoo AOL MSN Gmail Other POP and IMAP servers This section includes the following information Getting Started With Sprint Mobile Email on page 116 Configuring Additional Email Accounts on Sprint Mobile Email on page 117 Configuring Other Email Accounts on Sprint Mobile Email on page 118 Working With Your Sprint Mobile Email Accounts on page 120 Receiving and Viewing Email Messages Using Sprint Mobile Email on page 121 Creating and Sending Messages Using Sprint Mobil e Email on page 122 Attaching F
318. ynchronize the files to turn on synchronization for an application Select Do nothing to turn off synchronization for an application that currently synchronizes for example to turn off synchronization for Memos if you do not use that application HotSync action for Photos 2 synchronize the files St O Macintosh overwrites handheld Pe O Handheld overwrites Macintosh amp O Do Nothing Default setting Synchronize the files M Make Default Cancel GK Select one of the two overwrite options if you want the information in one location device or computer to completely replace the information in the other location for that application For example if the Calendar information on your device is accurate but the information on your computer has become corrupted select Handheld overwrites Macintosh for the Calendar application to have your device information replace your computer information Note that handheld refers to your device Section 6A Managing Files and Applications 6 Optional Repeat steps 4 and 5 for each application for which you want to turn synchronization on or off 7 Optional To keep this synchronization setting on an ongoing basis click Make Default If you do not select this button the option you select applies only the next time you synchronize Thereafter information is updated according to the default setting for the application 8 Click OK and then clos
319. ynchronizing Over a Bluetooth Connection 1 Press Applications A 2 Select Local and select HotSync 3 Select the pick list below the HotSync icon and then select the name of the PC you set up for Bluetooth synchronization see Setting Up a Bluetooth Connection for Synchronization on page 261 4 Select the HotSync G icon on your device When synchronization is complete a message appears at the Welcome iS X top of your device screen Be patient synchronization may take a few minutes Synchronizing Over an Infrared Connection When you synchronize using your device s IR port you don t need your cable This is especially useful if you travel with an IR enabled laptop To synchronize over an infrared connection you must first do the following e Turn on your computer s built in IR port or external IR device Check your computer s documentation to see if the computer supports IR communication and to find out how to enable this feature e Make sure HotSync manager is active On a Windows computer you know HotSync manager is active when its icon appears in the lower right corner of your screen On a Windows computer 1 On your computer click the HotSync manager icon in the taskbar in the lower right corner of your screen Make sure that Infrared is selected 2 On your device press Applications and select HotSync 3 Select Local 262
320. you roam outside the Sprint National Network the Roaming A icon appears at the top of the screen Additional charges may apply if you use your Centro device s wireless service while roaming To learn more about roaming visit sprint com Feature Availability e You can make and receive calls while roaming e You can access voicemail while roaming e Other features that are standard on the Sprint National Network such as call waiting and Sprint Power Vision may be available depending upon your roaming network Setting Roaming Preferences Use Roaming Preferences to set specific options for using your phone while roaming on another network For example you can set options to be notified that you are roaming before placing a call or making a data connection so that you are aware that you might incur extra charges Section 2B Using Your Device s Phone Features 95 Press Phone X Press Menu Select Options and then select Roaming Preferences Select the Network Selection pick list and select the networks with which you want to allow your phone to make a connection Allow roaming enables your Centro device to determine the best network either Sprint or roaming with which to connect Home networks only allows your phone to connect only to the Nationwide Sprint PCS Network Roaming networks only allows your phone to connect to RoamingPreferences roaming networks only Network Selection wv Allow roa
321. you synchronize your device with your computer your photos and videos are stored on your hard drive see Viewing Pictures and Videos on Your Computer on page 194 Making Room on Your Palm Centro Smart Device Keep in mind that your Centro device includes an expansion card slot and that you can store applications and information on expansion cards sold separately However you still need free memory on the device itself to run applications from an expansion card Section 7A Help 321 If you store a large number of entries or install many third party applications the internal memory on your Centro device may fill up Here are some common ways to clear space on your device e Email Messages that have large attachments can quickly consume memory on your device Delete emails with large attachments If you have hundreds of messages with or without attachments you may want to delete older messages to make room see the User Guide for the VersaMail Application located on your Palm Software Installation CD or visit palm com us support centro centro_sprint for more information Pics amp Videos Pictures can consume excessive memory Move your pictures to an expansion card synchronize them to your computer see Viewing Pictures and Videos on Your Computer on page 194 or upload them to your account on the Sprint Picture Mail Web site and then delete large files from your Centro device see Deleting a Picture or Video
322. you want to use for synchronization Palm Desktop software or Microsoft Outlook Microsoft Outlook desktop software sold separately Microsoft Outlook synchronization conduit included If you use Microsoft Outlook as your desktop email application select Microsoft Outlook as your desktop synchronization software If you select Microsoft Outlook Palm Desktop software is still installed on your computer When you enter information on your computer be sure to enter your information in Microsoft Outlook not in Palm Desktop software e When the install process prompts you to connect your device to your computer go to Connecting Your Palm Centro Smart Device to Your Computer on page 38 If you want to sync information with applications other than Palm Desktop or Microsoft Outlook you need to purchase additional third party sync software This sync software is sometimes called a conduit Connecting Your Palm Centro Smart Device to Your Computer 1 Plug the AC charger into a wall outlet 2 Plug the USB sync cable into an available USB port or a powered USB hub on your computer 38 Section 1C Synchronizing Information 3 With the sync button facing up connect the sync cable to the bottom of your device Do not press the sync button until you are instructed to do so 4 Connect the charger cable to the charger jack 1 Sync Cable 2 Charger Cable 3 Sync Button You are now ready to synchronize Go
323. your phone to determine probable usability e Any combined rating equal to or greater than six offers best use 340 Section 8A Important Safety Information e Any combined rating equal to five is considered normal use e Any combined rating equal to four is considered usable Thus if you pair an M3 hearing aid with an M3 phone you will have a combined rating of six for best use This is synonymous for T ratings Palm further suggests that you experiment with multiple phones even those not labeled 3 T3 or M4 TA4 while in the store to find the one that works best with your hearing aid device If you experience interference or find the quality of service unsatisfactory after purchasing your device promptly return it to the store within 30 days of purchase With the Palm 30 day Risk Free Guarantee you may return the device within 30 days of purchase for a full refund and you will only be responsible for charges based on your actual usage Getting the Best Hearing Device Experience With Your Device To further minimize interference e There is usually less interference on the microphone setting than on the telecoil setting e Set the phone s screen and keyboard backlight settings to ensure the minimum time interval e Move the phone around to find the point with the least interference e f your hearing aid is equipped with a telecoil turn on the HAC setting on your device Turning on the HAC Setting When the HAC se

Download Pdf Manuals

image

Related Search

Related Contents

USER REFERENCE MANUAL SGX NITRO  SKP8CMINI-15,17 Tutorial 1 Software Development Process using  Page 4  fiche technique mortier de rejointoiement    HSM 411.2 OMDD 2,2x4mm  Whirlpool Coolerator EM02ACRWW0 User's Manual  8045 - Fine Controls  Foremost ZEEM3831 Instructions / Assembly  

Copyright © All rights reserved.
DMCA: DMCA_mwitty#outlook.com.